Sema.h revision 30a2e16f6c27f888dd11eba6bbbae1e980078fcb
1//===--- Sema.h - Semantic Analysis & AST Building --------------*- C++ -*-===//
2//
3//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file defines the Sema class, which performs semantic analysis and
11// builds ASTs.
12//
13//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
14
15#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H
16#define LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H
17
18#include "clang/AST/Attr.h"
19#include "clang/AST/DeclarationName.h"
20#include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
21#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
22#include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h"
23#include "clang/AST/LambdaMangleContext.h"
24#include "clang/AST/NSAPI.h"
25#include "clang/AST/PrettyPrinter.h"
26#include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h"
27#include "clang/Basic/ExpressionTraits.h"
28#include "clang/Basic/LangOptions.h"
29#include "clang/Basic/Specifiers.h"
30#include "clang/Basic/TemplateKinds.h"
31#include "clang/Basic/TypeTraits.h"
32#include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h"
33#include "clang/Sema/AnalysisBasedWarnings.h"
34#include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
35#include "clang/Sema/ExternalSemaSource.h"
36#include "clang/Sema/IdentifierResolver.h"
37#include "clang/Sema/LocInfoType.h"
38#include "clang/Sema/ObjCMethodList.h"
39#include "clang/Sema/Ownership.h"
40#include "clang/Sema/TypoCorrection.h"
41#include "clang/Sema/Weak.h"
42#include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h"
43#include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h"
44#include "llvm/ADT/OwningPtr.h"
45#include "llvm/ADT/SetVector.h"
46#include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h"
47#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"
48#include <deque>
49#include <string>
50
51namespace llvm {
52  class APSInt;
53  template <typename ValueT> struct DenseMapInfo;
54  template <typename ValueT, typename ValueInfoT> class DenseSet;
55  class SmallBitVector;
56}
57
58namespace clang {
59  class ADLResult;
60  class ASTConsumer;
61  class ASTContext;
62  class ASTMutationListener;
63  class ASTReader;
64  class ASTWriter;
65  class ArrayType;
66  class AttributeList;
67  class BlockDecl;
68  class CXXBasePath;
69  class CXXBasePaths;
70  class CXXBindTemporaryExpr;
71  typedef SmallVector<CXXBaseSpecifier*, 4> CXXCastPath;
72  class CXXConstructorDecl;
73  class CXXConversionDecl;
74  class CXXDestructorDecl;
75  class CXXFieldCollector;
76  class CXXMemberCallExpr;
77  class CXXMethodDecl;
78  class CXXScopeSpec;
79  class CXXTemporary;
80  class CXXTryStmt;
81  class CallExpr;
82  class ClassTemplateDecl;
83  class ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl;
84  class ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl;
85  class CodeCompleteConsumer;
86  class CodeCompletionAllocator;
87  class CodeCompletionTUInfo;
88  class CodeCompletionResult;
89  class Decl;
90  class DeclAccessPair;
91  class DeclContext;
92  class DeclRefExpr;
93  class DeclaratorDecl;
94  class DeducedTemplateArgument;
95  class DependentDiagnostic;
96  class DesignatedInitExpr;
97  class Designation;
98  class EnumConstantDecl;
99  class Expr;
100  class ExtVectorType;
101  class ExternalSemaSource;
102  class FormatAttr;
103  class FriendDecl;
104  class FunctionDecl;
105  class FunctionProtoType;
106  class FunctionTemplateDecl;
107  class ImplicitConversionSequence;
108  class InitListExpr;
109  class InitializationKind;
110  class InitializationSequence;
111  class InitializedEntity;
112  class IntegerLiteral;
113  class LabelStmt;
114  class LambdaExpr;
115  class LangOptions;
116  class LocalInstantiationScope;
117  class LookupResult;
118  class MacroInfo;
119  class MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList;
120  class NamedDecl;
121  class NonNullAttr;
122  class ObjCCategoryDecl;
123  class ObjCCategoryImplDecl;
124  class ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl;
125  class ObjCContainerDecl;
126  class ObjCImplDecl;
127  class ObjCImplementationDecl;
128  class ObjCInterfaceDecl;
129  class ObjCIvarDecl;
130  template <class T> class ObjCList;
131  class ObjCMessageExpr;
132  class ObjCMethodDecl;
133  class ObjCPropertyDecl;
134  class ObjCProtocolDecl;
135  class OverloadCandidateSet;
136  class OverloadExpr;
137  class ParenListExpr;
138  class ParmVarDecl;
139  class Preprocessor;
140  class PseudoDestructorTypeStorage;
141  class PseudoObjectExpr;
142  class QualType;
143  class StandardConversionSequence;
144  class Stmt;
145  class StringLiteral;
146  class SwitchStmt;
147  class TargetAttributesSema;
148  class TemplateArgument;
149  class TemplateArgumentList;
150  class TemplateArgumentLoc;
151  class TemplateDecl;
152  class TemplateParameterList;
153  class TemplatePartialOrderingContext;
154  class TemplateTemplateParmDecl;
155  class Token;
156  class TypeAliasDecl;
157  class TypedefDecl;
158  class TypedefNameDecl;
159  class TypeLoc;
160  class UnqualifiedId;
161  class UnresolvedLookupExpr;
162  class UnresolvedMemberExpr;
163  class UnresolvedSetImpl;
164  class UnresolvedSetIterator;
165  class UsingDecl;
166  class UsingShadowDecl;
167  class ValueDecl;
168  class VarDecl;
169  class VisibilityAttr;
170  class VisibleDeclConsumer;
171  class IndirectFieldDecl;
172
173namespace sema {
174  class AccessedEntity;
175  class BlockScopeInfo;
176  class CapturingScopeInfo;
177  class CompoundScopeInfo;
178  class DelayedDiagnostic;
179  class DelayedDiagnosticPool;
180  class FunctionScopeInfo;
181  class LambdaScopeInfo;
182  class PossiblyUnreachableDiag;
183  class TemplateDeductionInfo;
184}
185
186// FIXME: No way to easily map from TemplateTypeParmTypes to
187// TemplateTypeParmDecls, so we have this horrible PointerUnion.
188typedef std::pair<llvm::PointerUnion<const TemplateTypeParmType*, NamedDecl*>,
189                  SourceLocation> UnexpandedParameterPack;
190
191/// Sema - This implements semantic analysis and AST building for C.
192class Sema {
193  Sema(const Sema &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
194  void operator=(const Sema &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
195  mutable const TargetAttributesSema* TheTargetAttributesSema;
196
197  ///\brief Source of additional semantic information.
198  ExternalSemaSource *ExternalSource;
199
200  ///\brief Whether Sema has generated a multiplexer and has to delete it.
201  bool isMultiplexExternalSource;
202
203public:
204  typedef OpaquePtr<DeclGroupRef> DeclGroupPtrTy;
205  typedef OpaquePtr<TemplateName> TemplateTy;
206  typedef OpaquePtr<QualType> TypeTy;
207
208  OpenCLOptions OpenCLFeatures;
209  FPOptions FPFeatures;
210
211  const LangOptions &LangOpts;
212  Preprocessor &PP;
213  ASTContext &Context;
214  ASTConsumer &Consumer;
215  DiagnosticsEngine &Diags;
216  SourceManager &SourceMgr;
217
218  /// \brief Flag indicating whether or not to collect detailed statistics.
219  bool CollectStats;
220
221  /// \brief Code-completion consumer.
222  CodeCompleteConsumer *CodeCompleter;
223
224  /// CurContext - This is the current declaration context of parsing.
225  DeclContext *CurContext;
226
227  /// \brief Generally null except when we temporarily switch decl contexts,
228  /// like in \see ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext.
229  DeclContext *OriginalLexicalContext;
230
231  /// VAListTagName - The declaration name corresponding to __va_list_tag.
232  /// This is used as part of a hack to omit that class from ADL results.
233  DeclarationName VAListTagName;
234
235  /// PackContext - Manages the stack for \#pragma pack. An alignment
236  /// of 0 indicates default alignment.
237  void *PackContext; // Really a "PragmaPackStack*"
238
239  bool MSStructPragmaOn; // True when \#pragma ms_struct on
240
241  /// VisContext - Manages the stack for \#pragma GCC visibility.
242  void *VisContext; // Really a "PragmaVisStack*"
243
244  /// \brief Flag indicating if Sema is building a recovery call expression.
245  ///
246  /// This flag is used to avoid building recovery call expressions
247  /// if Sema is already doing so, which would cause infinite recursions.
248  bool IsBuildingRecoveryCallExpr;
249
250  /// ExprNeedsCleanups - True if the current evaluation context
251  /// requires cleanups to be run at its conclusion.
252  bool ExprNeedsCleanups;
253
254  /// ExprCleanupObjects - This is the stack of objects requiring
255  /// cleanup that are created by the current full expression.  The
256  /// element type here is ExprWithCleanups::Object.
257  SmallVector<BlockDecl*, 8> ExprCleanupObjects;
258
259  llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 8> MaybeODRUseExprs;
260
261  /// \brief Stack containing information about each of the nested
262  /// function, block, and method scopes that are currently active.
263  ///
264  /// This array is never empty.  Clients should ignore the first
265  /// element, which is used to cache a single FunctionScopeInfo
266  /// that's used to parse every top-level function.
267  SmallVector<sema::FunctionScopeInfo *, 4> FunctionScopes;
268
269  typedef LazyVector<TypedefNameDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
270                     &ExternalSemaSource::ReadExtVectorDecls, 2, 2>
271    ExtVectorDeclsType;
272
273  /// ExtVectorDecls - This is a list all the extended vector types. This allows
274  /// us to associate a raw vector type with one of the ext_vector type names.
275  /// This is only necessary for issuing pretty diagnostics.
276  ExtVectorDeclsType ExtVectorDecls;
277
278  /// \brief The set of types for which we have already complained about the
279  /// definitions being hidden.
280  ///
281  /// This set is used to suppress redundant diagnostics.
282  llvm::SmallPtrSet<NamedDecl *, 4> HiddenDefinitions;
283
284  /// FieldCollector - Collects CXXFieldDecls during parsing of C++ classes.
285  OwningPtr<CXXFieldCollector> FieldCollector;
286
287  typedef llvm::SmallSetVector<const NamedDecl*, 16> NamedDeclSetType;
288
289  /// \brief Set containing all declared private fields that are not used.
290  NamedDeclSetType UnusedPrivateFields;
291
292  typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<const CXXRecordDecl*, 8> RecordDeclSetTy;
293
294  /// PureVirtualClassDiagSet - a set of class declarations which we have
295  /// emitted a list of pure virtual functions. Used to prevent emitting the
296  /// same list more than once.
297  OwningPtr<RecordDeclSetTy> PureVirtualClassDiagSet;
298
299  /// ParsingInitForAutoVars - a set of declarations with auto types for which
300  /// we are currently parsing the initializer.
301  llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Decl*, 4> ParsingInitForAutoVars;
302
303  /// \brief A mapping from external names to the most recent
304  /// locally-scoped external declaration with that name.
305  ///
306  /// This map contains external declarations introduced in local
307  /// scoped, e.g.,
308  ///
309  /// \code
310  /// void f() {
311  ///   void foo(int, int);
312  /// }
313  /// \endcode
314  ///
315  /// Here, the name "foo" will be associated with the declaration on
316  /// "foo" within f. This name is not visible outside of
317  /// "f". However, we still find it in two cases:
318  ///
319  ///   - If we are declaring another external with the name "foo", we
320  ///     can find "foo" as a previous declaration, so that the types
321  ///     of this external declaration can be checked for
322  ///     compatibility.
323  ///
324  ///   - If we would implicitly declare "foo" (e.g., due to a call to
325  ///     "foo" in C when no prototype or definition is visible), then
326  ///     we find this declaration of "foo" and complain that it is
327  ///     not visible.
328  llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *> LocallyScopedExternalDecls;
329
330  /// \brief Look for a locally scoped external declaration by the given name.
331  llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator
332  findLocallyScopedExternalDecl(DeclarationName Name);
333
334  typedef LazyVector<VarDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
335                     &ExternalSemaSource::ReadTentativeDefinitions, 2, 2>
336    TentativeDefinitionsType;
337
338  /// \brief All the tentative definitions encountered in the TU.
339  TentativeDefinitionsType TentativeDefinitions;
340
341  typedef LazyVector<const DeclaratorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
342                     &ExternalSemaSource::ReadUnusedFileScopedDecls, 2, 2>
343    UnusedFileScopedDeclsType;
344
345  /// \brief The set of file scoped decls seen so far that have not been used
346  /// and must warn if not used. Only contains the first declaration.
347  UnusedFileScopedDeclsType UnusedFileScopedDecls;
348
349  typedef LazyVector<CXXConstructorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
350                     &ExternalSemaSource::ReadDelegatingConstructors, 2, 2>
351    DelegatingCtorDeclsType;
352
353  /// \brief All the delegating constructors seen so far in the file, used for
354  /// cycle detection at the end of the TU.
355  DelegatingCtorDeclsType DelegatingCtorDecls;
356
357  /// \brief All the destructors seen during a class definition that had their
358  /// exception spec computation delayed because it depended on an unparsed
359  /// exception spec.
360  SmallVector<CXXDestructorDecl*, 2> DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecs;
361
362  /// \brief All the overriding destructors seen during a class definition
363  /// (there could be multiple due to nested classes) that had their exception
364  /// spec checks delayed, plus the overridden destructor.
365  SmallVector<std::pair<const CXXDestructorDecl*,
366                              const CXXDestructorDecl*>, 2>
367      DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecChecks;
368
369  /// \brief Callback to the parser to parse templated functions when needed.
370  typedef void LateTemplateParserCB(void *P, const FunctionDecl *FD);
371  LateTemplateParserCB *LateTemplateParser;
372  void *OpaqueParser;
373
374  void SetLateTemplateParser(LateTemplateParserCB *LTP, void *P) {
375    LateTemplateParser = LTP;
376    OpaqueParser = P;
377  }
378
379  class DelayedDiagnostics;
380
381  class DelayedDiagnosticsState {
382    sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *SavedPool;
383    friend class Sema::DelayedDiagnostics;
384  };
385  typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ParsingDeclState;
386  typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ProcessingContextState;
387
388  /// A class which encapsulates the logic for delaying diagnostics
389  /// during parsing and other processing.
390  class DelayedDiagnostics {
391    /// \brief The current pool of diagnostics into which delayed
392    /// diagnostics should go.
393    sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *CurPool;
394
395  public:
396    DelayedDiagnostics() : CurPool(0) {}
397
398    /// Adds a delayed diagnostic.
399    void add(const sema::DelayedDiagnostic &diag); // in DelayedDiagnostic.h
400
401    /// Determines whether diagnostics should be delayed.
402    bool shouldDelayDiagnostics() { return CurPool != 0; }
403
404    /// Returns the current delayed-diagnostics pool.
405    sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *getCurrentPool() const {
406      return CurPool;
407    }
408
409    /// Enter a new scope.  Access and deprecation diagnostics will be
410    /// collected in this pool.
411    DelayedDiagnosticsState push(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) {
412      DelayedDiagnosticsState state;
413      state.SavedPool = CurPool;
414      CurPool = &pool;
415      return state;
416    }
417
418    /// Leave a delayed-diagnostic state that was previously pushed.
419    /// Do not emit any of the diagnostics.  This is performed as part
420    /// of the bookkeeping of popping a pool "properly".
421    void popWithoutEmitting(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) {
422      CurPool = state.SavedPool;
423    }
424
425    /// Enter a new scope where access and deprecation diagnostics are
426    /// not delayed.
427    DelayedDiagnosticsState pushUndelayed() {
428      DelayedDiagnosticsState state;
429      state.SavedPool = CurPool;
430      CurPool = 0;
431      return state;
432    }
433
434    /// Undo a previous pushUndelayed().
435    void popUndelayed(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) {
436      assert(CurPool == NULL);
437      CurPool = state.SavedPool;
438    }
439  } DelayedDiagnostics;
440
441  /// A RAII object to temporarily push a declaration context.
442  class ContextRAII {
443  private:
444    Sema &S;
445    DeclContext *SavedContext;
446    ProcessingContextState SavedContextState;
447    QualType SavedCXXThisTypeOverride;
448
449  public:
450    ContextRAII(Sema &S, DeclContext *ContextToPush)
451      : S(S), SavedContext(S.CurContext),
452        SavedContextState(S.DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed()),
453        SavedCXXThisTypeOverride(S.CXXThisTypeOverride)
454    {
455      assert(ContextToPush && "pushing null context");
456      S.CurContext = ContextToPush;
457    }
458
459    void pop() {
460      if (!SavedContext) return;
461      S.CurContext = SavedContext;
462      S.DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(SavedContextState);
463      S.CXXThisTypeOverride = SavedCXXThisTypeOverride;
464      SavedContext = 0;
465    }
466
467    ~ContextRAII() {
468      pop();
469    }
470  };
471
472  /// \brief RAII object to handle the state changes required to synthesize
473  /// a function body.
474  class SynthesizedFunctionScope {
475    Sema &S;
476    Sema::ContextRAII SavedContext;
477
478  public:
479    SynthesizedFunctionScope(Sema &S, DeclContext *DC)
480      : S(S), SavedContext(S, DC)
481    {
482      S.PushFunctionScope();
483      S.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema::PotentiallyEvaluated);
484    }
485
486    ~SynthesizedFunctionScope() {
487      S.PopExpressionEvaluationContext();
488      S.PopFunctionScopeInfo();
489    }
490  };
491
492  /// WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in
493  /// \#pragma weak before declared. rare. may alias another
494  /// identifier, declared or undeclared
495  llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers;
496
497  /// ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in
498  /// \#pragma redefine_extname before declared.  Used in Solaris system headers
499  /// to define functions that occur in multiple standards to call the version
500  /// in the currently selected standard.
501  llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*> ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers;
502
503
504  /// \brief Load weak undeclared identifiers from the external source.
505  void LoadExternalWeakUndeclaredIdentifiers();
506
507  /// WeakTopLevelDecl - Translation-unit scoped declarations generated by
508  /// \#pragma weak during processing of other Decls.
509  /// I couldn't figure out a clean way to generate these in-line, so
510  /// we store them here and handle separately -- which is a hack.
511  /// It would be best to refactor this.
512  SmallVector<Decl*,2> WeakTopLevelDecl;
513
514  IdentifierResolver IdResolver;
515
516  /// Translation Unit Scope - useful to Objective-C actions that need
517  /// to lookup file scope declarations in the "ordinary" C decl namespace.
518  /// For example, user-defined classes, built-in "id" type, etc.
519  Scope *TUScope;
520
521  /// \brief The C++ "std" namespace, where the standard library resides.
522  LazyDeclPtr StdNamespace;
523
524  /// \brief The C++ "std::bad_alloc" class, which is defined by the C++
525  /// standard library.
526  LazyDeclPtr StdBadAlloc;
527
528  /// \brief The C++ "std::initializer_list" template, which is defined in
529  /// \<initializer_list>.
530  ClassTemplateDecl *StdInitializerList;
531
532  /// \brief The C++ "type_info" declaration, which is defined in \<typeinfo>.
533  RecordDecl *CXXTypeInfoDecl;
534
535  /// \brief The MSVC "_GUID" struct, which is defined in MSVC header files.
536  RecordDecl *MSVCGuidDecl;
537
538  /// \brief Caches identifiers/selectors for NSFoundation APIs.
539  llvm::OwningPtr<NSAPI> NSAPIObj;
540
541  /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSNumber class.
542  ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSNumberDecl;
543
544  /// \brief Pointer to NSNumber type (NSNumber *).
545  QualType NSNumberPointer;
546
547  /// \brief The Objective-C NSNumber methods used to create NSNumber literals.
548  ObjCMethodDecl *NSNumberLiteralMethods[NSAPI::NumNSNumberLiteralMethods];
549
550  /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSString class.
551  ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSStringDecl;
552
553  /// \brief Pointer to NSString type (NSString *).
554  QualType NSStringPointer;
555
556  /// \brief The declaration of the stringWithUTF8String: method.
557  ObjCMethodDecl *StringWithUTF8StringMethod;
558
559  /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSArray class.
560  ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSArrayDecl;
561
562  /// \brief The declaration of the arrayWithObjects:count: method.
563  ObjCMethodDecl *ArrayWithObjectsMethod;
564
565  /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSDictionary class.
566  ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSDictionaryDecl;
567
568  /// \brief The declaration of the dictionaryWithObjects:forKeys:count: method.
569  ObjCMethodDecl *DictionaryWithObjectsMethod;
570
571  /// \brief id<NSCopying> type.
572  QualType QIDNSCopying;
573
574  /// A flag to remember whether the implicit forms of operator new and delete
575  /// have been declared.
576  bool GlobalNewDeleteDeclared;
577
578  /// \brief Describes how the expressions currently being parsed are
579  /// evaluated at run-time, if at all.
580  enum ExpressionEvaluationContext {
581    /// \brief The current expression and its subexpressions occur within an
582    /// unevaluated operand (C++11 [expr]p7), such as the subexpression of
583    /// \c sizeof, where the type of the expression may be significant but
584    /// no code will be generated to evaluate the value of the expression at
585    /// run time.
586    Unevaluated,
587
588    /// \brief The current context is "potentially evaluated" in C++11 terms,
589    /// but the expression is evaluated at compile-time (like the values of
590    /// cases in a switch statment).
591    ConstantEvaluated,
592
593    /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated at run time,
594    /// which means that code may be generated to evaluate the value of the
595    /// expression at run time.
596    PotentiallyEvaluated,
597
598    /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated, but any
599    /// declarations referenced inside that expression are only used if
600    /// in fact the current expression is used.
601    ///
602    /// This value is used when parsing default function arguments, for which
603    /// we would like to provide diagnostics (e.g., passing non-POD arguments
604    /// through varargs) but do not want to mark declarations as "referenced"
605    /// until the default argument is used.
606    PotentiallyEvaluatedIfUsed
607  };
608
609  /// \brief Data structure used to record current or nested
610  /// expression evaluation contexts.
611  struct ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord {
612    /// \brief The expression evaluation context.
613    ExpressionEvaluationContext Context;
614
615    /// \brief Whether the enclosing context needed a cleanup.
616    bool ParentNeedsCleanups;
617
618    /// \brief Whether we are in a decltype expression.
619    bool IsDecltype;
620
621    /// \brief The number of active cleanup objects when we entered
622    /// this expression evaluation context.
623    unsigned NumCleanupObjects;
624
625    llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 8> SavedMaybeODRUseExprs;
626
627    /// \brief The lambdas that are present within this context, if it
628    /// is indeed an unevaluated context.
629    llvm::SmallVector<LambdaExpr *, 2> Lambdas;
630
631    /// \brief The declaration that provides context for the lambda expression
632    /// if the normal declaration context does not suffice, e.g., in a
633    /// default function argument.
634    Decl *LambdaContextDecl;
635
636    /// \brief The context information used to mangle lambda expressions
637    /// within this context.
638    ///
639    /// This mangling information is allocated lazily, since most contexts
640    /// do not have lambda expressions.
641    IntrusiveRefCntPtr<LambdaMangleContext> LambdaMangle;
642
643    /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of call expressions
644    /// for which we have deferred checking the completeness of the return type.
645    llvm::SmallVector<CallExpr*, 8> DelayedDecltypeCalls;
646
647    /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of temporary binding
648    /// expressions for which we have deferred checking the destructor.
649    llvm::SmallVector<CXXBindTemporaryExpr*, 8> DelayedDecltypeBinds;
650
651    ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord(ExpressionEvaluationContext Context,
652                                      unsigned NumCleanupObjects,
653                                      bool ParentNeedsCleanups,
654                                      Decl *LambdaContextDecl,
655                                      bool IsDecltype)
656      : Context(Context), ParentNeedsCleanups(ParentNeedsCleanups),
657        IsDecltype(IsDecltype), NumCleanupObjects(NumCleanupObjects),
658        LambdaContextDecl(LambdaContextDecl), LambdaMangle() { }
659
660    /// \brief Retrieve the mangling context for lambdas.
661    LambdaMangleContext &getLambdaMangleContext() {
662      assert(LambdaContextDecl && "Need to have a lambda context declaration");
663      if (!LambdaMangle)
664        LambdaMangle = new LambdaMangleContext;
665      return *LambdaMangle;
666    }
667  };
668
669  /// A stack of expression evaluation contexts.
670  SmallVector<ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord, 8> ExprEvalContexts;
671
672  /// SpecialMemberOverloadResult - The overloading result for a special member
673  /// function.
674  ///
675  /// This is basically a wrapper around PointerIntPair. The lowest bits of the
676  /// integer are used to determine whether overload resolution succeeded.
677  class SpecialMemberOverloadResult : public llvm::FastFoldingSetNode {
678  public:
679    enum Kind {
680      NoMemberOrDeleted,
681      Ambiguous,
682      Success
683    };
684
685  private:
686    llvm::PointerIntPair<CXXMethodDecl*, 2> Pair;
687
688  public:
689    SpecialMemberOverloadResult(const llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID)
690      : FastFoldingSetNode(ID)
691    {}
692
693    CXXMethodDecl *getMethod() const { return Pair.getPointer(); }
694    void setMethod(CXXMethodDecl *MD) { Pair.setPointer(MD); }
695
696    Kind getKind() const { return static_cast<Kind>(Pair.getInt()); }
697    void setKind(Kind K) { Pair.setInt(K); }
698  };
699
700  /// \brief A cache of special member function overload resolution results
701  /// for C++ records.
702  llvm::FoldingSet<SpecialMemberOverloadResult> SpecialMemberCache;
703
704  /// \brief The kind of translation unit we are processing.
705  ///
706  /// When we're processing a complete translation unit, Sema will perform
707  /// end-of-translation-unit semantic tasks (such as creating
708  /// initializers for tentative definitions in C) once parsing has
709  /// completed. Modules and precompiled headers perform different kinds of
710  /// checks.
711  TranslationUnitKind TUKind;
712
713  llvm::BumpPtrAllocator BumpAlloc;
714
715  /// \brief The number of SFINAE diagnostics that have been trapped.
716  unsigned NumSFINAEErrors;
717
718  typedef llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *, SmallVector<ParmVarDecl *, 1> >
719    UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap;
720
721  /// \brief A mapping from parameters with unparsed default arguments to the
722  /// set of instantiations of each parameter.
723  ///
724  /// This mapping is a temporary data structure used when parsing
725  /// nested class templates or nested classes of class templates,
726  /// where we might end up instantiating an inner class before the
727  /// default arguments of its methods have been parsed.
728  UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiations;
729
730  // Contains the locations of the beginning of unparsed default
731  // argument locations.
732  llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *,SourceLocation> UnparsedDefaultArgLocs;
733
734  /// UndefinedInternals - all the used, undefined objects with
735  /// internal linkage in this translation unit.
736  llvm::DenseMap<NamedDecl*, SourceLocation> UndefinedInternals;
737
738  typedef std::pair<ObjCMethodList, ObjCMethodList> GlobalMethods;
739  typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, GlobalMethods> GlobalMethodPool;
740
741  /// Method Pool - allows efficient lookup when typechecking messages to "id".
742  /// We need to maintain a list, since selectors can have differing signatures
743  /// across classes. In Cocoa, this happens to be extremely uncommon (only 1%
744  /// of selectors are "overloaded").
745  GlobalMethodPool MethodPool;
746
747  /// Method selectors used in a \@selector expression. Used for implementation
748  /// of -Wselector.
749  llvm::DenseMap<Selector, SourceLocation> ReferencedSelectors;
750
751  /// Kinds of C++ special members.
752  enum CXXSpecialMember {
753    CXXDefaultConstructor,
754    CXXCopyConstructor,
755    CXXMoveConstructor,
756    CXXCopyAssignment,
757    CXXMoveAssignment,
758    CXXDestructor,
759    CXXInvalid
760  };
761
762  typedef std::pair<CXXRecordDecl*, CXXSpecialMember> SpecialMemberDecl;
763
764  /// The C++ special members which we are currently in the process of
765  /// declaring. If this process recursively triggers the declaration of the
766  /// same special member, we should act as if it is not yet declared.
767  llvm::SmallSet<SpecialMemberDecl, 4> SpecialMembersBeingDeclared;
768
769  void ReadMethodPool(Selector Sel);
770
771  /// Private Helper predicate to check for 'self'.
772  bool isSelfExpr(Expr *RExpr);
773
774  /// \brief Cause the active diagnostic on the DiagosticsEngine to be
775  /// emitted. This is closely coupled to the SemaDiagnosticBuilder class and
776  /// should not be used elsewhere.
777  void EmitCurrentDiagnostic(unsigned DiagID);
778
779  /// Records and restores the FP_CONTRACT state on entry/exit of compound
780  /// statements.
781  class FPContractStateRAII {
782  public:
783    FPContractStateRAII(Sema& S)
784      : S(S), OldFPContractState(S.FPFeatures.fp_contract) {}
785    ~FPContractStateRAII() {
786      S.FPFeatures.fp_contract = OldFPContractState;
787    }
788  private:
789    Sema& S;
790    bool OldFPContractState : 1;
791  };
792
793public:
794  Sema(Preprocessor &pp, ASTContext &ctxt, ASTConsumer &consumer,
795       TranslationUnitKind TUKind = TU_Complete,
796       CodeCompleteConsumer *CompletionConsumer = 0);
797  ~Sema();
798
799  /// \brief Perform initialization that occurs after the parser has been
800  /// initialized but before it parses anything.
801  void Initialize();
802
803  const LangOptions &getLangOpts() const { return LangOpts; }
804  OpenCLOptions &getOpenCLOptions() { return OpenCLFeatures; }
805  FPOptions     &getFPOptions() { return FPFeatures; }
806
807  DiagnosticsEngine &getDiagnostics() const { return Diags; }
808  SourceManager &getSourceManager() const { return SourceMgr; }
809  const TargetAttributesSema &getTargetAttributesSema() const;
810  Preprocessor &getPreprocessor() const { return PP; }
811  ASTContext &getASTContext() const { return Context; }
812  ASTConsumer &getASTConsumer() const { return Consumer; }
813  ASTMutationListener *getASTMutationListener() const;
814  ExternalSemaSource* getExternalSource() const { return ExternalSource; }
815
816  ///\brief Registers an external source. If an external source already exists,
817  /// creates a multiplex external source and appends to it.
818  ///
819  ///\param[in] E - A non-null external sema source.
820  ///
821  void addExternalSource(ExternalSemaSource *E);
822
823  void PrintStats() const;
824
825  /// \brief Helper class that creates diagnostics with optional
826  /// template instantiation stacks.
827  ///
828  /// This class provides a wrapper around the basic DiagnosticBuilder
829  /// class that emits diagnostics. SemaDiagnosticBuilder is
830  /// responsible for emitting the diagnostic (as DiagnosticBuilder
831  /// does) and, if the diagnostic comes from inside a template
832  /// instantiation, printing the template instantiation stack as
833  /// well.
834  class SemaDiagnosticBuilder : public DiagnosticBuilder {
835    Sema &SemaRef;
836    unsigned DiagID;
837
838  public:
839    SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DiagnosticBuilder &DB, Sema &SemaRef, unsigned DiagID)
840      : DiagnosticBuilder(DB), SemaRef(SemaRef), DiagID(DiagID) { }
841
842    ~SemaDiagnosticBuilder() {
843      // If we aren't active, there is nothing to do.
844      if (!isActive()) return;
845
846      // Otherwise, we need to emit the diagnostic. First flush the underlying
847      // DiagnosticBuilder data, and clear the diagnostic builder itself so it
848      // won't emit the diagnostic in its own destructor.
849      //
850      // This seems wasteful, in that as written the DiagnosticBuilder dtor will
851      // do its own needless checks to see if the diagnostic needs to be
852      // emitted. However, because we take care to ensure that the builder
853      // objects never escape, a sufficiently smart compiler will be able to
854      // eliminate that code.
855      FlushCounts();
856      Clear();
857
858      // Dispatch to Sema to emit the diagnostic.
859      SemaRef.EmitCurrentDiagnostic(DiagID);
860    }
861  };
862
863  /// \brief Emit a diagnostic.
864  SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID) {
865    DiagnosticBuilder DB = Diags.Report(Loc, DiagID);
866    return SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DB, *this, DiagID);
867  }
868
869  /// \brief Emit a partial diagnostic.
870  SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, const PartialDiagnostic& PD);
871
872  /// \brief Build a partial diagnostic.
873  PartialDiagnostic PDiag(unsigned DiagID = 0); // in SemaInternal.h
874
875  bool findMacroSpelling(SourceLocation &loc, StringRef name);
876
877  /// \brief Get a string to suggest for zero-initialization of a type.
878  std::string getFixItZeroInitializerForType(QualType T) const;
879  std::string getFixItZeroLiteralForType(QualType T) const;
880
881  ExprResult Owned(Expr* E) { return E; }
882  ExprResult Owned(ExprResult R) { return R; }
883  StmtResult Owned(Stmt* S) { return S; }
884
885  void ActOnEndOfTranslationUnit();
886
887  void CheckDelegatingCtorCycles();
888
889  Scope *getScopeForContext(DeclContext *Ctx);
890
891  void PushFunctionScope();
892  void PushBlockScope(Scope *BlockScope, BlockDecl *Block);
893  void PushLambdaScope(CXXRecordDecl *Lambda, CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator);
894  void PopFunctionScopeInfo(const sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *WP =0,
895                            const Decl *D = 0, const BlockExpr *blkExpr = 0);
896
897  sema::FunctionScopeInfo *getCurFunction() const {
898    return FunctionScopes.back();
899  }
900
901  void PushCompoundScope();
902  void PopCompoundScope();
903
904  sema::CompoundScopeInfo &getCurCompoundScope() const;
905
906  bool hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction() const;
907
908  /// \brief Retrieve the current block, if any.
909  sema::BlockScopeInfo *getCurBlock();
910
911  /// \brief Retrieve the current lambda expression, if any.
912  sema::LambdaScopeInfo *getCurLambda();
913
914  /// WeakTopLevelDeclDecls - access to \#pragma weak-generated Decls
915  SmallVector<Decl*,2> &WeakTopLevelDecls() { return WeakTopLevelDecl; }
916
917  void ActOnComment(SourceRange Comment);
918
919  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
920  // Type Analysis / Processing: SemaType.cpp.
921  //
922
923  QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, Qualifiers Qs);
924  QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned CVR) {
925    return BuildQualifiedType(T, Loc, Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(CVR));
926  }
927  QualType BuildPointerType(QualType T,
928                            SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
929  QualType BuildReferenceType(QualType T, bool LValueRef,
930                              SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
931  QualType BuildArrayType(QualType T, ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
932                          Expr *ArraySize, unsigned Quals,
933                          SourceRange Brackets, DeclarationName Entity);
934  QualType BuildExtVectorType(QualType T, Expr *ArraySize,
935                              SourceLocation AttrLoc);
936  QualType BuildFunctionType(QualType T,
937                             QualType *ParamTypes, unsigned NumParamTypes,
938                             bool Variadic, bool HasTrailingReturn,
939                             unsigned Quals, RefQualifierKind RefQualifier,
940                             SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity,
941                             FunctionType::ExtInfo Info);
942  QualType BuildMemberPointerType(QualType T, QualType Class,
943                                  SourceLocation Loc,
944                                  DeclarationName Entity);
945  QualType BuildBlockPointerType(QualType T,
946                                 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
947  QualType BuildParenType(QualType T);
948  QualType BuildAtomicType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc);
949
950  TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclarator(Declarator &D, Scope *S);
951  TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclaratorCast(Declarator &D, QualType FromTy);
952  TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeSourceInfoForDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType T,
953                                               TypeSourceInfo *ReturnTypeInfo);
954
955  /// \brief Package the given type and TSI into a ParsedType.
956  ParsedType CreateParsedType(QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo);
957  DeclarationNameInfo GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D);
958  DeclarationNameInfo GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name);
959  static QualType GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType Ty, TypeSourceInfo **TInfo = 0);
960  CanThrowResult canThrow(const Expr *E);
961  const FunctionProtoType *ResolveExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc,
962                                                const FunctionProtoType *FPT);
963  bool CheckSpecifiedExceptionType(QualType &T, const SourceRange &Range);
964  bool CheckDistantExceptionSpec(QualType T);
965  bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(FunctionDecl *Old, FunctionDecl *New);
966  bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(
967      const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc,
968      const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc);
969  bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(
970      const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID,
971      const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc,
972      const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc,
973      bool *MissingExceptionSpecification = 0,
974      bool *MissingEmptyExceptionSpecification = 0,
975      bool AllowNoexceptAllMatchWithNoSpec = false,
976      bool IsOperatorNew = false);
977  bool CheckExceptionSpecSubset(
978      const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID,
979      const FunctionProtoType *Superset, SourceLocation SuperLoc,
980      const FunctionProtoType *Subset, SourceLocation SubLoc);
981  bool CheckParamExceptionSpec(const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID,
982      const FunctionProtoType *Target, SourceLocation TargetLoc,
983      const FunctionProtoType *Source, SourceLocation SourceLoc);
984
985  TypeResult ActOnTypeName(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
986
987  /// \brief The parser has parsed the context-sensitive type 'instancetype'
988  /// in an Objective-C message declaration. Return the appropriate type.
989  ParsedType ActOnObjCInstanceType(SourceLocation Loc);
990
991  /// \brief Abstract class used to diagnose incomplete types.
992  struct TypeDiagnoser {
993    bool Suppressed;
994
995    TypeDiagnoser(bool Suppressed = false) : Suppressed(Suppressed) { }
996
997    virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0;
998    virtual ~TypeDiagnoser() {}
999  };
1000
1001  static int getPrintable(int I) { return I; }
1002  static unsigned getPrintable(unsigned I) { return I; }
1003  static bool getPrintable(bool B) { return B; }
1004  static const char * getPrintable(const char *S) { return S; }
1005  static StringRef getPrintable(StringRef S) { return S; }
1006  static const std::string &getPrintable(const std::string &S) { return S; }
1007  static const IdentifierInfo *getPrintable(const IdentifierInfo *II) {
1008    return II;
1009  }
1010  static DeclarationName getPrintable(DeclarationName N) { return N; }
1011  static QualType getPrintable(QualType T) { return T; }
1012  static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceRange R) { return R; }
1013  static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceLocation L) { return L; }
1014  static SourceRange getPrintable(Expr *E) { return E->getSourceRange(); }
1015  static SourceRange getPrintable(TypeLoc TL) { return TL.getSourceRange();}
1016
1017  template<typename T1>
1018  class BoundTypeDiagnoser1 : public TypeDiagnoser {
1019    unsigned DiagID;
1020    const T1 &Arg1;
1021
1022  public:
1023    BoundTypeDiagnoser1(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1)
1024      : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1) { }
1025    virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) {
1026      if (Suppressed) return;
1027      S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << getPrintable(Arg1) << T;
1028    }
1029
1030    virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser1() { }
1031  };
1032
1033  template<typename T1, typename T2>
1034  class BoundTypeDiagnoser2 : public TypeDiagnoser {
1035    unsigned DiagID;
1036    const T1 &Arg1;
1037    const T2 &Arg2;
1038
1039  public:
1040    BoundTypeDiagnoser2(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1,
1041                                  const T2 &Arg2)
1042      : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1),
1043        Arg2(Arg2) { }
1044
1045    virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) {
1046      if (Suppressed) return;
1047      S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << getPrintable(Arg1) << getPrintable(Arg2) << T;
1048    }
1049
1050    virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser2() { }
1051  };
1052
1053  template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3>
1054  class BoundTypeDiagnoser3 : public TypeDiagnoser {
1055    unsigned DiagID;
1056    const T1 &Arg1;
1057    const T2 &Arg2;
1058    const T3 &Arg3;
1059
1060  public:
1061    BoundTypeDiagnoser3(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1,
1062                                  const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3)
1063    : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1),
1064      Arg2(Arg2), Arg3(Arg3) { }
1065
1066    virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) {
1067      if (Suppressed) return;
1068      S.Diag(Loc, DiagID)
1069        << getPrintable(Arg1) << getPrintable(Arg2) << getPrintable(Arg3) << T;
1070    }
1071
1072    virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser3() { }
1073  };
1074
1075  bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1076                           TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser);
1077  bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1078                           unsigned DiagID);
1079
1080  template<typename T1>
1081  bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1082                           unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) {
1083    BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1);
1084    return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
1085  }
1086
1087  template<typename T1, typename T2>
1088  bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1089                           unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) {
1090    BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2);
1091    return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
1092  }
1093
1094  template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3>
1095  bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1096                           unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2,
1097                           const T3 &Arg3) {
1098    BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2,
1099                                                        Arg3);
1100    return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
1101  }
1102
1103  bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser);
1104  bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID);
1105
1106  template<typename T1>
1107  bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) {
1108    BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1);
1109    return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser);
1110  }
1111
1112  template<typename T1, typename T2>
1113  bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1,
1114                               const T2 &Arg2) {
1115    BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2);
1116    return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser);
1117  }
1118
1119  template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3>
1120  bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1,
1121                               const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) {
1122    BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2,
1123                                                        Arg3);
1124    return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser);
1125  }
1126
1127  bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1128                          TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser);
1129  bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID);
1130
1131  template<typename T1>
1132  bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1133                          unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) {
1134    BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1);
1135    return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
1136  }
1137
1138  template<typename T1, typename T2>
1139  bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1140                          unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) {
1141    BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2);
1142    return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
1143  }
1144
1145  template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3>
1146  bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1147                          unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2,
1148                          const T3 &Arg3) {
1149    BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2,
1150                                                        Arg3);
1151    return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
1152  }
1153
1154  QualType getElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
1155                             const CXXScopeSpec &SS, QualType T);
1156
1157  QualType BuildTypeofExprType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc);
1158  QualType BuildDecltypeType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc);
1159  QualType BuildUnaryTransformType(QualType BaseType,
1160                                   UnaryTransformType::UTTKind UKind,
1161                                   SourceLocation Loc);
1162
1163  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1164  // Symbol table / Decl tracking callbacks: SemaDecl.cpp.
1165  //
1166
1167  /// List of decls defined in a function prototype. This contains EnumConstants
1168  /// that incorrectly end up in translation unit scope because there is no
1169  /// function to pin them on. ActOnFunctionDeclarator reads this list and patches
1170  /// them into the FunctionDecl.
1171  std::vector<NamedDecl*> DeclsInPrototypeScope;
1172  /// Nonzero if we are currently parsing a function declarator. This is a counter
1173  /// as opposed to a boolean so we can deal with nested function declarators
1174  /// such as:
1175  ///     void f(void (*g)(), ...)
1176  unsigned InFunctionDeclarator;
1177
1178  DeclGroupPtrTy ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType = 0);
1179
1180  void DiagnoseUseOfUnimplementedSelectors();
1181
1182  bool isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const;
1183
1184  ParsedType getTypeName(IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc,
1185                         Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0,
1186                         bool isClassName = false,
1187                         bool HasTrailingDot = false,
1188                         ParsedType ObjectType = ParsedType(),
1189                         bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false,
1190                         bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo = false,
1191                         IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII = 0);
1192  TypeSpecifierType isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S);
1193  bool isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S);
1194  bool DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II,
1195                               SourceLocation IILoc,
1196                               Scope *S,
1197                               CXXScopeSpec *SS,
1198                               ParsedType &SuggestedType);
1199
1200  /// \brief Describes the result of the name lookup and resolution performed
1201  /// by \c ClassifyName().
1202  enum NameClassificationKind {
1203    NC_Unknown,
1204    NC_Error,
1205    NC_Keyword,
1206    NC_Type,
1207    NC_Expression,
1208    NC_NestedNameSpecifier,
1209    NC_TypeTemplate,
1210    NC_FunctionTemplate
1211  };
1212
1213  class NameClassification {
1214    NameClassificationKind Kind;
1215    ExprResult Expr;
1216    TemplateName Template;
1217    ParsedType Type;
1218    const IdentifierInfo *Keyword;
1219
1220    explicit NameClassification(NameClassificationKind Kind) : Kind(Kind) {}
1221
1222  public:
1223    NameClassification(ExprResult Expr) : Kind(NC_Expression), Expr(Expr) {}
1224
1225    NameClassification(ParsedType Type) : Kind(NC_Type), Type(Type) {}
1226
1227    NameClassification(const IdentifierInfo *Keyword)
1228      : Kind(NC_Keyword), Keyword(Keyword) { }
1229
1230    static NameClassification Error() {
1231      return NameClassification(NC_Error);
1232    }
1233
1234    static NameClassification Unknown() {
1235      return NameClassification(NC_Unknown);
1236    }
1237
1238    static NameClassification NestedNameSpecifier() {
1239      return NameClassification(NC_NestedNameSpecifier);
1240    }
1241
1242    static NameClassification TypeTemplate(TemplateName Name) {
1243      NameClassification Result(NC_TypeTemplate);
1244      Result.Template = Name;
1245      return Result;
1246    }
1247
1248    static NameClassification FunctionTemplate(TemplateName Name) {
1249      NameClassification Result(NC_FunctionTemplate);
1250      Result.Template = Name;
1251      return Result;
1252    }
1253
1254    NameClassificationKind getKind() const { return Kind; }
1255
1256    ParsedType getType() const {
1257      assert(Kind == NC_Type);
1258      return Type;
1259    }
1260
1261    ExprResult getExpression() const {
1262      assert(Kind == NC_Expression);
1263      return Expr;
1264    }
1265
1266    TemplateName getTemplateName() const {
1267      assert(Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate);
1268      return Template;
1269    }
1270
1271    TemplateNameKind getTemplateNameKind() const {
1272      assert(Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate);
1273      return Kind == NC_TypeTemplate? TNK_Type_template : TNK_Function_template;
1274    }
1275  };
1276
1277  /// \brief Perform name lookup on the given name, classifying it based on
1278  /// the results of name lookup and the following token.
1279  ///
1280  /// This routine is used by the parser to resolve identifiers and help direct
1281  /// parsing. When the identifier cannot be found, this routine will attempt
1282  /// to correct the typo and classify based on the resulting name.
1283  ///
1284  /// \param S The scope in which we're performing name lookup.
1285  ///
1286  /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that precedes the name.
1287  ///
1288  /// \param Name The identifier. If typo correction finds an alternative name,
1289  /// this pointer parameter will be updated accordingly.
1290  ///
1291  /// \param NameLoc The location of the identifier.
1292  ///
1293  /// \param NextToken The token following the identifier. Used to help
1294  /// disambiguate the name.
1295  ///
1296  /// \param IsAddressOfOperand True if this name is the operand of a unary
1297  ///        address of ('&') expression, assuming it is classified as an
1298  ///        expression.
1299  ///
1300  /// \param CCC The correction callback, if typo correction is desired.
1301  NameClassification ClassifyName(Scope *S,
1302                                  CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1303                                  IdentifierInfo *&Name,
1304                                  SourceLocation NameLoc,
1305                                  const Token &NextToken,
1306                                  bool IsAddressOfOperand,
1307                                  CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC = 0);
1308
1309  Decl *ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
1310
1311  Decl *HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
1312                         MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists);
1313  void RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND,
1314                                        const LookupResult &Previous,
1315                                        Scope *S);
1316  bool DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, DeclarationNameInfo Info);
1317  bool diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC,
1318                                    DeclarationName Name,
1319                                    SourceLocation Loc);
1320  void DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(Declarator& D);
1321  void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R);
1322  void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D);
1323  void CheckCastAlign(Expr *Op, QualType T, SourceRange TRange);
1324  void CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *D);
1325  NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
1326                                    TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
1327                                    LookupResult &Previous);
1328  NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope* S, DeclContext* DC, TypedefNameDecl *D,
1329                                  LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration);
1330  NamedDecl* ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
1331                                     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
1332                                     LookupResult &Previous,
1333                                     MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists);
1334  // Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration
1335  bool CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous);
1336  void CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var);
1337  void ActOnStartFunctionDeclarator();
1338  void ActOnEndFunctionDeclarator();
1339  NamedDecl* ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
1340                                     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
1341                                     LookupResult &Previous,
1342                                     MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
1343                                     bool &AddToScope);
1344  bool AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD);
1345  void checkVoidParamDecl(ParmVarDecl *Param);
1346
1347  bool CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(const FunctionDecl *FD);
1348  bool CheckConstexprFunctionBody(const FunctionDecl *FD, Stmt *Body);
1349
1350  void DiagnoseHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD);
1351  // Returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration
1352  bool CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S,
1353                                FunctionDecl *NewFD, LookupResult &Previous,
1354                                bool IsExplicitSpecialization);
1355  void CheckMain(FunctionDecl *FD, const DeclSpec &D);
1356  Decl *ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
1357  ParmVarDecl *BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC,
1358                                          SourceLocation Loc,
1359                                          QualType T);
1360  ParmVarDecl *CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc,
1361                              SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name,
1362                              QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
1363                              StorageClass SC, StorageClass SCAsWritten);
1364  void ActOnParamDefaultArgument(Decl *param,
1365                                 SourceLocation EqualLoc,
1366                                 Expr *defarg);
1367  void ActOnParamUnparsedDefaultArgument(Decl *param,
1368                                         SourceLocation EqualLoc,
1369                                         SourceLocation ArgLoc);
1370  void ActOnParamDefaultArgumentError(Decl *param);
1371  bool SetParamDefaultArgument(ParmVarDecl *Param, Expr *DefaultArg,
1372                               SourceLocation EqualLoc);
1373
1374  void AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *dcl, Expr *init, bool DirectInit,
1375                            bool TypeMayContainAuto);
1376  void ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *dcl, bool TypeMayContainAuto);
1377  void ActOnInitializerError(Decl *Dcl);
1378  void ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D);
1379  void SetDeclDeleted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DelLoc);
1380  void SetDeclDefaulted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DefaultLoc);
1381  void FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *D);
1382  DeclGroupPtrTy FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS,
1383                                         Decl **Group,
1384                                         unsigned NumDecls);
1385  DeclGroupPtrTy BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls,
1386                                      bool TypeMayContainAuto = true);
1387
1388  /// Should be called on all declarations that might have attached
1389  /// documentation comments.
1390  void ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D);
1391  void ActOnDocumentableDecls(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls);
1392
1393  void ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
1394                                       SourceLocation LocAfterDecls);
1395  void CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD);
1396  Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
1397  Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Decl *D);
1398  void ActOnStartOfObjCMethodDef(Scope *S, Decl *D);
1399  bool isObjCMethodDecl(Decl *D) {
1400    return D && isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D);
1401  }
1402
1403  /// \brief Determine whether we can skip parsing the body of a function
1404  /// definition, assuming we don't care about analyzing its body or emitting
1405  /// code for that function.
1406  ///
1407  /// This will be \c false only if we may need the body of the function in
1408  /// order to parse the rest of the program (for instance, if it is
1409  /// \c constexpr in C++11 or has an 'auto' return type in C++14).
1410  bool canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D);
1411
1412  void computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, sema::FunctionScopeInfo *Scope);
1413  Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body);
1414  Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body, bool IsInstantiation);
1415
1416  /// ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute - Invoked when we have finished parsing an
1417  /// attribute for which parsing is delayed.
1418  void ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, ParsedAttributes &Attrs);
1419
1420  /// \brief Diagnose any unused parameters in the given sequence of
1421  /// ParmVarDecl pointers.
1422  void DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Begin,
1423                                ParmVarDecl * const *End);
1424
1425  /// \brief Diagnose whether the size of parameters or return value of a
1426  /// function or obj-c method definition is pass-by-value and larger than a
1427  /// specified threshold.
1428  void DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Begin,
1429                                              ParmVarDecl * const *End,
1430                                              QualType ReturnTy,
1431                                              NamedDecl *D);
1432
1433  void DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Stmt *Body);
1434  Decl *ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr,
1435                              SourceLocation AsmLoc,
1436                              SourceLocation RParenLoc);
1437
1438  /// \brief The parser has processed a module import declaration.
1439  ///
1440  /// \param AtLoc The location of the '@' symbol, if any.
1441  ///
1442  /// \param ImportLoc The location of the 'import' keyword.
1443  ///
1444  /// \param Path The module access path.
1445  DeclResult ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ImportLoc,
1446                               ModuleIdPath Path);
1447
1448  /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy.
1449  PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy() const {
1450    return getPrintingPolicy(Context, PP);
1451  }
1452
1453  /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy.
1454  static PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy(const ASTContext &Ctx,
1455                                          const Preprocessor &PP);
1456
1457  /// Scope actions.
1458  void ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S);
1459  void ActOnTranslationUnitScope(Scope *S);
1460
1461  Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
1462                                   DeclSpec &DS);
1463  Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
1464                                   DeclSpec &DS,
1465                                   MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams);
1466
1467  Decl *BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
1468                                    AccessSpecifier AS,
1469                                    RecordDecl *Record);
1470
1471  Decl *BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
1472                                       RecordDecl *Record);
1473
1474  bool isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous,
1475                                    TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition,
1476                                    SourceLocation NewTagLoc,
1477                                    const IdentifierInfo &Name);
1478
1479  enum TagUseKind {
1480    TUK_Reference,   // Reference to a tag:  'struct foo *X;'
1481    TUK_Declaration, // Fwd decl of a tag:   'struct foo;'
1482    TUK_Definition,  // Definition of a tag: 'struct foo { int X; } Y;'
1483    TUK_Friend       // Friend declaration:  'friend struct foo;'
1484  };
1485
1486  Decl *ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
1487                 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1488                 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
1489                 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS,
1490                 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
1491                 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
1492                 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent,
1493                 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc,
1494                 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, TypeResult UnderlyingType);
1495
1496  Decl *ActOnTemplatedFriendTag(Scope *S, SourceLocation FriendLoc,
1497                                unsigned TagSpec, SourceLocation TagLoc,
1498                                CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1499                                IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
1500                                AttributeList *Attr,
1501                                MultiTemplateParamsArg TempParamLists);
1502
1503  TypeResult ActOnDependentTag(Scope *S,
1504                               unsigned TagSpec,
1505                               TagUseKind TUK,
1506                               const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1507                               IdentifierInfo *Name,
1508                               SourceLocation TagLoc,
1509                               SourceLocation NameLoc);
1510
1511  void ActOnDefs(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
1512                 IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
1513                 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Decls);
1514  Decl *ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
1515                   Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth);
1516
1517  FieldDecl *HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
1518                         Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
1519                         InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
1520                         AccessSpecifier AS);
1521
1522  FieldDecl *CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T,
1523                            TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
1524                            RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc,
1525                            bool Mutable, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
1526                            InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
1527                            SourceLocation TSSL,
1528                            AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl,
1529                            Declarator *D = 0);
1530
1531  bool CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD);
1532  void DiagnoseNontrivial(const RecordType* Record, CXXSpecialMember mem);
1533  CXXSpecialMember getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD);
1534  void ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclStart,
1535                         SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls);
1536  Decl *ActOnIvar(Scope *S, SourceLocation DeclStart,
1537                  Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
1538                  tok::ObjCKeywordKind visibility);
1539
1540  // This is used for both record definitions and ObjC interface declarations.
1541  void ActOnFields(Scope* S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *TagDecl,
1542                   llvm::ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields,
1543                   SourceLocation LBrac, SourceLocation RBrac,
1544                   AttributeList *AttrList);
1545
1546  /// ActOnTagStartDefinition - Invoked when we have entered the
1547  /// scope of a tag's definition (e.g., for an enumeration, class,
1548  /// struct, or union).
1549  void ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl);
1550
1551  Decl *ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl);
1552
1553  /// ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations - Invoked when we have parsed a
1554  /// C++ record definition's base-specifiers clause and are starting its
1555  /// member declarations.
1556  void ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl,
1557                                       SourceLocation FinalLoc,
1558                                       SourceLocation LBraceLoc);
1559
1560  /// ActOnTagFinishDefinition - Invoked once we have finished parsing
1561  /// the definition of a tag (enumeration, class, struct, or union).
1562  void ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl,
1563                                SourceLocation RBraceLoc);
1564
1565  void ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition();
1566
1567  /// \brief Invoked when we must temporarily exit the objective-c container
1568  /// scope for parsing/looking-up C constructs.
1569  ///
1570  /// Must be followed by a call to \see ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext
1571  void ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC);
1572  void ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC);
1573
1574  /// ActOnTagDefinitionError - Invoked when there was an unrecoverable
1575  /// error parsing the definition of a tag.
1576  void ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl);
1577
1578  EnumConstantDecl *CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum,
1579                                      EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst,
1580                                      SourceLocation IdLoc,
1581                                      IdentifierInfo *Id,
1582                                      Expr *val);
1583  bool CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI);
1584  bool CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped,
1585                              QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, const EnumDecl *Prev);
1586
1587  Decl *ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *EnumDecl, Decl *LastEnumConstant,
1588                          SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id,
1589                          AttributeList *Attrs,
1590                          SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val);
1591  void ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc,
1592                     SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDecl,
1593                     Decl **Elements, unsigned NumElements,
1594                     Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr);
1595
1596  DeclContext *getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC);
1597
1598  /// Set the current declaration context until it gets popped.
1599  void PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC);
1600  void PopDeclContext();
1601
1602  /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context
1603  /// of a declarator's nested name specifier.
1604  void EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC);
1605  void ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S);
1606
1607  /// Push the parameters of D, which must be a function, into scope.
1608  void ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl* D);
1609  void ActOnExitFunctionContext();
1610
1611  DeclContext *getFunctionLevelDeclContext();
1612
1613  /// getCurFunctionDecl - If inside of a function body, this returns a pointer
1614  /// to the function decl for the function being parsed.  If we're currently
1615  /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context.
1616  FunctionDecl *getCurFunctionDecl();
1617
1618  /// getCurMethodDecl - If inside of a method body, this returns a pointer to
1619  /// the method decl for the method being parsed.  If we're currently
1620  /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context.
1621  ObjCMethodDecl *getCurMethodDecl();
1622
1623  /// getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl - Return the Decl for the current ObjC method
1624  /// or C function we're in, otherwise return null.  If we're currently
1625  /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context.
1626  NamedDecl *getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl();
1627
1628  /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains.
1629  void PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext = true);
1630
1631  /// \brief Make the given externally-produced declaration visible at the
1632  /// top level scope.
1633  ///
1634  /// \param D The externally-produced declaration to push.
1635  ///
1636  /// \param Name The name of the externally-produced declaration.
1637  void pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name);
1638
1639  /// isDeclInScope - If 'Ctx' is a function/method, isDeclInScope returns true
1640  /// if 'D' is in Scope 'S', otherwise 'S' is ignored and isDeclInScope returns
1641  /// true if 'D' belongs to the given declaration context.
1642  ///
1643  /// \param ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization When true, we are checking
1644  /// whether the declaration is in scope for the purposes of explicit template
1645  /// instantiation or specialization. The default is false.
1646  bool isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *&D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S = 0,
1647                     bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization = false);
1648
1649  /// Finds the scope corresponding to the given decl context, if it
1650  /// happens to be an enclosing scope.  Otherwise return NULL.
1651  static Scope *getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC);
1652
1653  /// Subroutines of ActOnDeclarator().
1654  TypedefDecl *ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T,
1655                                TypeSourceInfo *TInfo);
1656  bool isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New);
1657
1658  /// Attribute merging methods. Return true if a new attribute was added.
1659  AvailabilityAttr *mergeAvailabilityAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
1660                                          IdentifierInfo *Platform,
1661                                          VersionTuple Introduced,
1662                                          VersionTuple Deprecated,
1663                                          VersionTuple Obsoleted,
1664                                          bool IsUnavailable,
1665                                          StringRef Message);
1666  VisibilityAttr *mergeVisibilityAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
1667                                      VisibilityAttr::VisibilityType Vis);
1668  DLLImportAttr *mergeDLLImportAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range);
1669  DLLExportAttr *mergeDLLExportAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range);
1670  FormatAttr *mergeFormatAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, StringRef Format,
1671                              int FormatIdx, int FirstArg);
1672  SectionAttr *mergeSectionAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, StringRef Name);
1673  bool mergeDeclAttribute(Decl *New, InheritableAttr *Attr);
1674
1675  void mergeDeclAttributes(Decl *New, Decl *Old, bool MergeDeprecation = true);
1676  void MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls);
1677  bool MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, Decl *Old, Scope *S);
1678  bool MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old,
1679                                    Scope *S);
1680  void mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *New, ObjCMethodDecl *Old);
1681  void MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls);
1682  void MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old);
1683  void MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old);
1684  bool MergeCXXFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, Scope *S);
1685
1686  // AssignmentAction - This is used by all the assignment diagnostic functions
1687  // to represent what is actually causing the operation
1688  enum AssignmentAction {
1689    AA_Assigning,
1690    AA_Passing,
1691    AA_Returning,
1692    AA_Converting,
1693    AA_Initializing,
1694    AA_Sending,
1695    AA_Casting
1696  };
1697
1698  /// C++ Overloading.
1699  enum OverloadKind {
1700    /// This is a legitimate overload: the existing declarations are
1701    /// functions or function templates with different signatures.
1702    Ovl_Overload,
1703
1704    /// This is not an overload because the signature exactly matches
1705    /// an existing declaration.
1706    Ovl_Match,
1707
1708    /// This is not an overload because the lookup results contain a
1709    /// non-function.
1710    Ovl_NonFunction
1711  };
1712  OverloadKind CheckOverload(Scope *S,
1713                             FunctionDecl *New,
1714                             const LookupResult &OldDecls,
1715                             NamedDecl *&OldDecl,
1716                             bool IsForUsingDecl);
1717  bool IsOverload(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, bool IsForUsingDecl);
1718
1719  /// \brief Checks availability of the function depending on the current
1720  /// function context.Inside an unavailable function,unavailability is ignored.
1721  ///
1722  /// \returns true if \p FD is unavailable and current context is inside
1723  /// an available function, false otherwise.
1724  bool isFunctionConsideredUnavailable(FunctionDecl *FD);
1725
1726  ImplicitConversionSequence
1727  TryImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
1728                        bool SuppressUserConversions,
1729                        bool AllowExplicit,
1730                        bool InOverloadResolution,
1731                        bool CStyle,
1732                        bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion);
1733
1734  bool IsIntegralPromotion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType);
1735  bool IsFloatingPointPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType);
1736  bool IsComplexPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType);
1737  bool IsPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
1738                           bool InOverloadResolution,
1739                           QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC);
1740  bool isObjCPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
1741                               QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC);
1742  bool isObjCWritebackConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
1743                                 QualType &ConvertedType);
1744  bool IsBlockPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
1745                                QualType& ConvertedType);
1746  bool FunctionArgTypesAreEqual(const FunctionProtoType *OldType,
1747                                const FunctionProtoType *NewType,
1748                                unsigned *ArgPos = 0);
1749  void HandleFunctionTypeMismatch(PartialDiagnostic &PDiag,
1750                                  QualType FromType, QualType ToType);
1751
1752  CastKind PrepareCastToObjCObjectPointer(ExprResult &E);
1753  bool CheckPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
1754                              CastKind &Kind,
1755                              CXXCastPath& BasePath,
1756                              bool IgnoreBaseAccess);
1757  bool IsMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
1758                                 bool InOverloadResolution,
1759                                 QualType &ConvertedType);
1760  bool CheckMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
1761                                    CastKind &Kind,
1762                                    CXXCastPath &BasePath,
1763                                    bool IgnoreBaseAccess);
1764  bool IsQualificationConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
1765                                 bool CStyle, bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion);
1766  bool IsNoReturnConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
1767                            QualType &ResultTy);
1768  bool DiagnoseMultipleUserDefinedConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType);
1769
1770
1771  ExprResult PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity,
1772                                             const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate,
1773                                             QualType ResultType,
1774                                             Expr *Value,
1775                                             bool AllowNRVO = true);
1776
1777  bool CanPerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity,
1778                                    ExprResult Init);
1779  ExprResult PerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity,
1780                                       SourceLocation EqualLoc,
1781                                       ExprResult Init,
1782                                       bool TopLevelOfInitList = false,
1783                                       bool AllowExplicit = false);
1784  ExprResult PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Expr *From,
1785                                                 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier,
1786                                                 NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
1787                                                 CXXMethodDecl *Method);
1788
1789  ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(Expr *From);
1790  ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToObjCPointer(Expr *From);
1791
1792  /// Contexts in which a converted constant expression is required.
1793  enum CCEKind {
1794    CCEK_CaseValue,  ///< Expression in a case label.
1795    CCEK_Enumerator, ///< Enumerator value with fixed underlying type.
1796    CCEK_TemplateArg ///< Value of a non-type template parameter.
1797  };
1798  ExprResult CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Expr *From, QualType T,
1799                                              llvm::APSInt &Value, CCEKind CCE);
1800
1801  /// \brief Abstract base class used to diagnose problems that occur while
1802  /// trying to convert an expression to integral or enumeration type.
1803  class ICEConvertDiagnoser {
1804  public:
1805    bool Suppress;
1806    bool SuppressConversion;
1807
1808    ICEConvertDiagnoser(bool Suppress = false,
1809                        bool SuppressConversion = false)
1810      : Suppress(Suppress), SuppressConversion(SuppressConversion) { }
1811
1812    /// \brief Emits a diagnostic complaining that the expression does not have
1813    /// integral or enumeration type.
1814    virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseNotInt(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
1815                                             QualType T) = 0;
1816
1817    /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when the expression has incomplete class type.
1818    virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseIncomplete(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
1819                                                 QualType T) = 0;
1820
1821    /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when the only matching conversion function
1822    /// is explicit.
1823    virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
1824                                                   QualType T,
1825                                                   QualType ConvTy) = 0;
1826
1827    /// \brief Emits a note for the explicit conversion function.
1828    virtual DiagnosticBuilder
1829    noteExplicitConv(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) = 0;
1830
1831    /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when there are multiple possible conversion
1832    /// functions.
1833    virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseAmbiguous(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
1834                                                QualType T) = 0;
1835
1836    /// \brief Emits a note for one of the candidate conversions.
1837    virtual DiagnosticBuilder noteAmbiguous(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv,
1838                                            QualType ConvTy) = 0;
1839
1840    /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when we picked a conversion function
1841    /// (for cases when we are not allowed to pick a conversion function).
1842    virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
1843                                                 QualType T,
1844                                                 QualType ConvTy) = 0;
1845
1846    virtual ~ICEConvertDiagnoser() {}
1847  };
1848
1849  ExprResult
1850  ConvertToIntegralOrEnumerationType(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *FromE,
1851                                     ICEConvertDiagnoser &Diagnoser,
1852                                     bool AllowScopedEnumerations);
1853
1854  enum ObjCSubscriptKind {
1855    OS_Array,
1856    OS_Dictionary,
1857    OS_Error
1858  };
1859  ObjCSubscriptKind CheckSubscriptingKind(Expr *FromE);
1860
1861  ExprResult PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *From,
1862                                           NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier,
1863                                           NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
1864                                           NamedDecl *Member);
1865
1866  // Members have to be NamespaceDecl* or TranslationUnitDecl*.
1867  // TODO: make this is a typesafe union.
1868  typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<DeclContext   *, 16> AssociatedNamespaceSet;
1869  typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXRecordDecl *, 16> AssociatedClassSet;
1870
1871  void AddOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Function,
1872                            DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
1873                            llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
1874                            OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
1875                            bool SuppressUserConversions = false,
1876                            bool PartialOverloading = false,
1877                            bool AllowExplicit = false);
1878  void AddFunctionCandidates(const UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions,
1879                             llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
1880                             OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
1881                             bool SuppressUserConversions = false,
1882                            TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0);
1883  void AddMethodCandidate(DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
1884                          QualType ObjectType,
1885                          Expr::Classification ObjectClassification,
1886                          Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
1887                          OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
1888                          bool SuppressUserConversion = false);
1889  void AddMethodCandidate(CXXMethodDecl *Method,
1890                          DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
1891                          CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, QualType ObjectType,
1892                          Expr::Classification ObjectClassification,
1893                          llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
1894                          OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
1895                          bool SuppressUserConversions = false);
1896  void AddMethodTemplateCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *MethodTmpl,
1897                                  DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
1898                                  CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
1899                                 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
1900                                  QualType ObjectType,
1901                                  Expr::Classification ObjectClassification,
1902                                  llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
1903                                  OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
1904                                  bool SuppressUserConversions = false);
1905  void AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
1906                                    DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
1907                                 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
1908                                    llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
1909                                    OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
1910                                    bool SuppressUserConversions = false);
1911  void AddConversionCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion,
1912                              DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
1913                              CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
1914                              Expr *From, QualType ToType,
1915                              OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet);
1916  void AddTemplateConversionCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
1917                                      DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
1918                                      CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
1919                                      Expr *From, QualType ToType,
1920                                      OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet);
1921  void AddSurrogateCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion,
1922                             DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
1923                             CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
1924                             const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
1925                             Expr *Object, llvm::ArrayRef<Expr*> Args,
1926                             OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet);
1927  void AddMemberOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op,
1928                                   SourceLocation OpLoc,
1929                                   Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
1930                                   OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
1931                                   SourceRange OpRange = SourceRange());
1932  void AddBuiltinCandidate(QualType ResultTy, QualType *ParamTys,
1933                           Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
1934                           OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
1935                           bool IsAssignmentOperator = false,
1936                           unsigned NumContextualBoolArguments = 0);
1937  void AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op,
1938                                    SourceLocation OpLoc,
1939                                    Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
1940                                    OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet);
1941  void AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(DeclarationName Name,
1942                                            bool Operator, SourceLocation Loc,
1943                                            llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
1944                                TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
1945                                            OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
1946                                            bool PartialOverloading = false);
1947
1948  // Emit as a 'note' the specific overload candidate
1949  void NoteOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Fn, QualType DestType = QualType());
1950
1951  // Emit as a series of 'note's all template and non-templates
1952  // identified by the expression Expr
1953  void NoteAllOverloadCandidates(Expr* E, QualType DestType = QualType());
1954
1955  // [PossiblyAFunctionType]  -->   [Return]
1956  // NonFunctionType --> NonFunctionType
1957  // R (A) --> R(A)
1958  // R (*)(A) --> R (A)
1959  // R (&)(A) --> R (A)
1960  // R (S::*)(A) --> R (A)
1961  QualType ExtractUnqualifiedFunctionType(QualType PossiblyAFunctionType);
1962
1963  FunctionDecl *
1964  ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(Expr *AddressOfExpr,
1965                                     QualType TargetType,
1966                                     bool Complain,
1967                                     DeclAccessPair &Found,
1968                                     bool *pHadMultipleCandidates = 0);
1969
1970  FunctionDecl *ResolveSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(OverloadExpr *ovl,
1971                                                   bool Complain = false,
1972                                                   DeclAccessPair* Found = 0);
1973
1974  bool ResolveAndFixSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(
1975                      ExprResult &SrcExpr,
1976                      bool DoFunctionPointerConverion = false,
1977                      bool Complain = false,
1978                      const SourceRange& OpRangeForComplaining = SourceRange(),
1979                      QualType DestTypeForComplaining = QualType(),
1980                      unsigned DiagIDForComplaining = 0);
1981
1982
1983  Expr *FixOverloadedFunctionReference(Expr *E,
1984                                       DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
1985                                       FunctionDecl *Fn);
1986  ExprResult FixOverloadedFunctionReference(ExprResult,
1987                                            DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
1988                                            FunctionDecl *Fn);
1989
1990  void AddOverloadedCallCandidates(UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE,
1991                                   llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
1992                                   OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet,
1993                                   bool PartialOverloading = false);
1994
1995  // An enum used to represent the different possible results of building a
1996  // range-based for loop.
1997  enum ForRangeStatus {
1998    FRS_Success,
1999    FRS_NoViableFunction,
2000    FRS_DiagnosticIssued
2001  };
2002
2003  // An enum to represent whether something is dealing with a call to begin()
2004  // or a call to end() in a range-based for loop.
2005  enum BeginEndFunction {
2006    BEF_begin,
2007    BEF_end
2008  };
2009
2010  ForRangeStatus BuildForRangeBeginEndCall(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
2011                                           SourceLocation RangeLoc,
2012                                           VarDecl *Decl,
2013                                           BeginEndFunction BEF,
2014                                           const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
2015                                           LookupResult &MemberLookup,
2016                                           OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet,
2017                                           Expr *Range, ExprResult *CallExpr);
2018
2019  ExprResult BuildOverloadedCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn,
2020                                     UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE,
2021                                     SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2022                                     Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2023                                     SourceLocation RParenLoc,
2024                                     Expr *ExecConfig,
2025                                     bool AllowTypoCorrection=true);
2026
2027  bool buildOverloadedCallSet(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE,
2028                              Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2029                              SourceLocation RParenLoc,
2030                              OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet,
2031                              ExprResult *Result);
2032
2033  ExprResult CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
2034                                     unsigned Opc,
2035                                     const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns,
2036                                     Expr *input);
2037
2038  ExprResult CreateOverloadedBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
2039                                   unsigned Opc,
2040                                   const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns,
2041                                   Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS);
2042
2043  ExprResult CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(SourceLocation LLoc,
2044                                                SourceLocation RLoc,
2045                                                Expr *Base,Expr *Idx);
2046
2047  ExprResult
2048  BuildCallToMemberFunction(Scope *S, Expr *MemExpr,
2049                            SourceLocation LParenLoc, Expr **Args,
2050                            unsigned NumArgs, SourceLocation RParenLoc);
2051  ExprResult
2052  BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(Scope *S, Expr *Object, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2053                               Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2054                               SourceLocation RParenLoc);
2055
2056  ExprResult BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
2057                                      SourceLocation OpLoc);
2058
2059  /// CheckCallReturnType - Checks that a call expression's return type is
2060  /// complete. Returns true on failure. The location passed in is the location
2061  /// that best represents the call.
2062  bool CheckCallReturnType(QualType ReturnType, SourceLocation Loc,
2063                           CallExpr *CE, FunctionDecl *FD);
2064
2065  /// Helpers for dealing with blocks and functions.
2066  bool CheckParmsForFunctionDef(ParmVarDecl **Param, ParmVarDecl **ParamEnd,
2067                                bool CheckParameterNames);
2068  void CheckCXXDefaultArguments(FunctionDecl *FD);
2069  void CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(Declarator &D);
2070  Scope *getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S);
2071
2072  /// \name Name lookup
2073  ///
2074  /// These routines provide name lookup that is used during semantic
2075  /// analysis to resolve the various kinds of names (identifiers,
2076  /// overloaded operator names, constructor names, etc.) into zero or
2077  /// more declarations within a particular scope. The major entry
2078  /// points are LookupName, which performs unqualified name lookup,
2079  /// and LookupQualifiedName, which performs qualified name lookup.
2080  ///
2081  /// All name lookup is performed based on some specific criteria,
2082  /// which specify what names will be visible to name lookup and how
2083  /// far name lookup should work. These criteria are important both
2084  /// for capturing language semantics (certain lookups will ignore
2085  /// certain names, for example) and for performance, since name
2086  /// lookup is often a bottleneck in the compilation of C++. Name
2087  /// lookup criteria is specified via the LookupCriteria enumeration.
2088  ///
2089  /// The results of name lookup can vary based on the kind of name
2090  /// lookup performed, the current language, and the translation
2091  /// unit. In C, for example, name lookup will either return nothing
2092  /// (no entity found) or a single declaration. In C++, name lookup
2093  /// can additionally refer to a set of overloaded functions or
2094  /// result in an ambiguity. All of the possible results of name
2095  /// lookup are captured by the LookupResult class, which provides
2096  /// the ability to distinguish among them.
2097  //@{
2098
2099  /// @brief Describes the kind of name lookup to perform.
2100  enum LookupNameKind {
2101    /// Ordinary name lookup, which finds ordinary names (functions,
2102    /// variables, typedefs, etc.) in C and most kinds of names
2103    /// (functions, variables, members, types, etc.) in C++.
2104    LookupOrdinaryName = 0,
2105    /// Tag name lookup, which finds the names of enums, classes,
2106    /// structs, and unions.
2107    LookupTagName,
2108    /// Label name lookup.
2109    LookupLabel,
2110    /// Member name lookup, which finds the names of
2111    /// class/struct/union members.
2112    LookupMemberName,
2113    /// Look up of an operator name (e.g., operator+) for use with
2114    /// operator overloading. This lookup is similar to ordinary name
2115    /// lookup, but will ignore any declarations that are class members.
2116    LookupOperatorName,
2117    /// Look up of a name that precedes the '::' scope resolution
2118    /// operator in C++. This lookup completely ignores operator, object,
2119    /// function, and enumerator names (C++ [basic.lookup.qual]p1).
2120    LookupNestedNameSpecifierName,
2121    /// Look up a namespace name within a C++ using directive or
2122    /// namespace alias definition, ignoring non-namespace names (C++
2123    /// [basic.lookup.udir]p1).
2124    LookupNamespaceName,
2125    /// Look up all declarations in a scope with the given name,
2126    /// including resolved using declarations.  This is appropriate
2127    /// for checking redeclarations for a using declaration.
2128    LookupUsingDeclName,
2129    /// Look up an ordinary name that is going to be redeclared as a
2130    /// name with linkage. This lookup ignores any declarations that
2131    /// are outside of the current scope unless they have linkage. See
2132    /// C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6.
2133    LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage,
2134    /// Look up the name of an Objective-C protocol.
2135    LookupObjCProtocolName,
2136    /// Look up implicit 'self' parameter of an objective-c method.
2137    LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam,
2138    /// \brief Look up any declaration with any name.
2139    LookupAnyName
2140  };
2141
2142  /// \brief Specifies whether (or how) name lookup is being performed for a
2143  /// redeclaration (vs. a reference).
2144  enum RedeclarationKind {
2145    /// \brief The lookup is a reference to this name that is not for the
2146    /// purpose of redeclaring the name.
2147    NotForRedeclaration = 0,
2148    /// \brief The lookup results will be used for redeclaration of a name,
2149    /// if an entity by that name already exists.
2150    ForRedeclaration
2151  };
2152
2153  /// \brief The possible outcomes of name lookup for a literal operator.
2154  enum LiteralOperatorLookupResult {
2155    /// \brief The lookup resulted in an error.
2156    LOLR_Error,
2157    /// \brief The lookup found a single 'cooked' literal operator, which
2158    /// expects a normal literal to be built and passed to it.
2159    LOLR_Cooked,
2160    /// \brief The lookup found a single 'raw' literal operator, which expects
2161    /// a string literal containing the spelling of the literal token.
2162    LOLR_Raw,
2163    /// \brief The lookup found an overload set of literal operator templates,
2164    /// which expect the characters of the spelling of the literal token to be
2165    /// passed as a non-type template argument pack.
2166    LOLR_Template
2167  };
2168
2169  SpecialMemberOverloadResult *LookupSpecialMember(CXXRecordDecl *D,
2170                                                   CXXSpecialMember SM,
2171                                                   bool ConstArg,
2172                                                   bool VolatileArg,
2173                                                   bool RValueThis,
2174                                                   bool ConstThis,
2175                                                   bool VolatileThis);
2176
2177private:
2178  bool CppLookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S);
2179
2180  // \brief The set of known/encountered (unique, canonicalized) NamespaceDecls.
2181  //
2182  // The boolean value will be true to indicate that the namespace was loaded
2183  // from an AST/PCH file, or false otherwise.
2184  llvm::DenseMap<NamespaceDecl*, bool> KnownNamespaces;
2185
2186  /// \brief Whether we have already loaded known namespaces from an extenal
2187  /// source.
2188  bool LoadedExternalKnownNamespaces;
2189
2190public:
2191  /// \brief Look up a name, looking for a single declaration.  Return
2192  /// null if the results were absent, ambiguous, or overloaded.
2193  ///
2194  /// It is preferable to use the elaborated form and explicitly handle
2195  /// ambiguity and overloaded.
2196  NamedDecl *LookupSingleName(Scope *S, DeclarationName Name,
2197                              SourceLocation Loc,
2198                              LookupNameKind NameKind,
2199                              RedeclarationKind Redecl
2200                                = NotForRedeclaration);
2201  bool LookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S,
2202                  bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false);
2203  bool LookupQualifiedName(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *LookupCtx,
2204                           bool InUnqualifiedLookup = false);
2205  bool LookupParsedName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
2206                        bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false,
2207                        bool EnteringContext = false);
2208  ObjCProtocolDecl *LookupProtocol(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdLoc,
2209                                   RedeclarationKind Redecl
2210                                     = NotForRedeclaration);
2211
2212  void LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, Scope *S,
2213                                    QualType T1, QualType T2,
2214                                    UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions);
2215
2216  LabelDecl *LookupOrCreateLabel(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdentLoc,
2217                                 SourceLocation GnuLabelLoc = SourceLocation());
2218
2219  DeclContextLookupResult LookupConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
2220  CXXConstructorDecl *LookupDefaultConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
2221  CXXConstructorDecl *LookupCopyingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
2222                                               unsigned Quals);
2223  CXXMethodDecl *LookupCopyingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals,
2224                                         bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals);
2225  CXXConstructorDecl *LookupMovingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
2226                                              unsigned Quals);
2227  CXXMethodDecl *LookupMovingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals,
2228                                        bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals);
2229  CXXDestructorDecl *LookupDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
2230
2231  LiteralOperatorLookupResult LookupLiteralOperator(Scope *S, LookupResult &R,
2232                                                    ArrayRef<QualType> ArgTys,
2233                                                    bool AllowRawAndTemplate);
2234  bool isKnownName(StringRef name);
2235
2236  void ArgumentDependentLookup(DeclarationName Name, bool Operator,
2237                               SourceLocation Loc,
2238                               llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2239                               ADLResult &Functions);
2240
2241  void LookupVisibleDecls(Scope *S, LookupNameKind Kind,
2242                          VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer,
2243                          bool IncludeGlobalScope = true);
2244  void LookupVisibleDecls(DeclContext *Ctx, LookupNameKind Kind,
2245                          VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer,
2246                          bool IncludeGlobalScope = true);
2247
2248  TypoCorrection CorrectTypo(const DeclarationNameInfo &Typo,
2249                             Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind,
2250                             Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
2251                             CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC,
2252                             DeclContext *MemberContext = 0,
2253                             bool EnteringContext = false,
2254                             const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = 0);
2255
2256  void FindAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(SourceLocation InstantiationLoc,
2257                                          llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2258                                   AssociatedNamespaceSet &AssociatedNamespaces,
2259                                   AssociatedClassSet &AssociatedClasses);
2260
2261  void FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
2262                            bool ConsiderLinkage,
2263                            bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization);
2264
2265  bool DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(LookupResult &Result);
2266  //@}
2267
2268  ObjCInterfaceDecl *getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id,
2269                                          SourceLocation IdLoc,
2270                                          bool TypoCorrection = false);
2271  NamedDecl *LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID,
2272                                 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration,
2273                                 SourceLocation Loc);
2274  NamedDecl *ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, IdentifierInfo &II,
2275                                      Scope *S);
2276  void AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD);
2277
2278  // More parsing and symbol table subroutines.
2279
2280  // Decl attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher.
2281  void ProcessDeclAttributes(Scope *S, Decl *D, const Declarator &PD,
2282                           bool NonInheritable = true, bool Inheritable = true);
2283  void ProcessDeclAttributeList(Scope *S, Decl *D, const AttributeList *AL,
2284                           bool NonInheritable = true, bool Inheritable = true);
2285  bool ProcessAccessDeclAttributeList(AccessSpecDecl *ASDecl,
2286                                      const AttributeList *AttrList);
2287
2288  void checkUnusedDeclAttributes(Declarator &D);
2289
2290  bool CheckRegparmAttr(const AttributeList &attr, unsigned &value);
2291  bool CheckCallingConvAttr(const AttributeList &attr, CallingConv &CC);
2292  bool CheckNoReturnAttr(const AttributeList &attr);
2293
2294  /// \brief Stmt attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher.
2295  StmtResult ProcessStmtAttributes(Stmt *Stmt, AttributeList *Attrs,
2296                                   SourceRange Range);
2297
2298  void WarnUndefinedMethod(SourceLocation ImpLoc, ObjCMethodDecl *method,
2299                           bool &IncompleteImpl, unsigned DiagID);
2300  void WarnConflictingTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
2301                                   ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl,
2302                                   bool IsProtocolMethodDecl);
2303
2304  void CheckConflictingOverridingMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
2305                                   ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden,
2306                                   bool IsProtocolMethodDecl);
2307
2308  /// WarnExactTypedMethods - This routine issues a warning if method
2309  /// implementation declaration matches exactly that of its declaration.
2310  void WarnExactTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
2311                             ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl,
2312                             bool IsProtocolMethodDecl);
2313
2314  bool isPropertyReadonly(ObjCPropertyDecl *PropertyDecl,
2315                          ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl);
2316
2317  typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<Selector, 8> SelectorSet;
2318  typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, ObjCMethodDecl*> ProtocolsMethodsMap;
2319
2320  /// CheckProtocolMethodDefs - This routine checks unimplemented
2321  /// methods declared in protocol, and those referenced by it.
2322  void CheckProtocolMethodDefs(SourceLocation ImpLoc,
2323                               ObjCProtocolDecl *PDecl,
2324                               bool& IncompleteImpl,
2325                               const SelectorSet &InsMap,
2326                               const SelectorSet &ClsMap,
2327                               ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl);
2328
2329  /// CheckImplementationIvars - This routine checks if the instance variables
2330  /// listed in the implelementation match those listed in the interface.
2331  void CheckImplementationIvars(ObjCImplementationDecl *ImpDecl,
2332                                ObjCIvarDecl **Fields, unsigned nIvars,
2333                                SourceLocation Loc);
2334
2335  /// ImplMethodsVsClassMethods - This is main routine to warn if any method
2336  /// remains unimplemented in the class or category \@implementation.
2337  void ImplMethodsVsClassMethods(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
2338                                 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl,
2339                                 bool IncompleteImpl = false);
2340
2341  /// DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties - This routine warns on those properties
2342  /// which must be implemented by this implementation.
2343  void DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
2344                                       ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl,
2345                                       const SelectorSet &InsMap);
2346
2347  /// DefaultSynthesizeProperties - This routine default synthesizes all
2348  /// properties which must be synthesized in the class's \@implementation.
2349  void DefaultSynthesizeProperties (Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
2350                                    ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl);
2351  void DefaultSynthesizeProperties(Scope *S, Decl *D);
2352
2353  /// CollectImmediateProperties - This routine collects all properties in
2354  /// the class and its conforming protocols; but not those it its super class.
2355  void CollectImmediateProperties(ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl,
2356            llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, ObjCPropertyDecl*>& PropMap,
2357            llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, ObjCPropertyDecl*>& SuperPropMap);
2358
2359  /// Called by ActOnProperty to handle \@property declarations in
2360  /// class extensions.
2361  Decl *HandlePropertyInClassExtension(Scope *S,
2362                                       SourceLocation AtLoc,
2363                                       SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2364                                       FieldDeclarator &FD,
2365                                       Selector GetterSel,
2366                                       Selector SetterSel,
2367                                       const bool isAssign,
2368                                       const bool isReadWrite,
2369                                       const unsigned Attributes,
2370                                       const unsigned AttributesAsWritten,
2371                                       bool *isOverridingProperty,
2372                                       TypeSourceInfo *T,
2373                                       tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind);
2374
2375  /// Called by ActOnProperty and HandlePropertyInClassExtension to
2376  /// handle creating the ObjcPropertyDecl for a category or \@interface.
2377  ObjCPropertyDecl *CreatePropertyDecl(Scope *S,
2378                                       ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl,
2379                                       SourceLocation AtLoc,
2380                                       SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2381                                       FieldDeclarator &FD,
2382                                       Selector GetterSel,
2383                                       Selector SetterSel,
2384                                       const bool isAssign,
2385                                       const bool isReadWrite,
2386                                       const unsigned Attributes,
2387                                       const unsigned AttributesAsWritten,
2388                                       TypeSourceInfo *T,
2389                                       tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind,
2390                                       DeclContext *lexicalDC = 0);
2391
2392  /// AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules - This routine enforces the rule (via
2393  /// warning) when atomic property has one but not the other user-declared
2394  /// setter or getter.
2395  void AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules(ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
2396                                       ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl);
2397
2398  void DiagnoseOwningPropertyGetterSynthesis(const ObjCImplementationDecl *D);
2399
2400  void DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID, ObjCInterfaceDecl *SID);
2401
2402  enum MethodMatchStrategy {
2403    MMS_loose,
2404    MMS_strict
2405  };
2406
2407  /// MatchTwoMethodDeclarations - Checks if two methods' type match and returns
2408  /// true, or false, accordingly.
2409  bool MatchTwoMethodDeclarations(const ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
2410                                  const ObjCMethodDecl *PrevMethod,
2411                                  MethodMatchStrategy strategy = MMS_strict);
2412
2413  /// MatchAllMethodDeclarations - Check methods declaraed in interface or
2414  /// or protocol against those declared in their implementations.
2415  void MatchAllMethodDeclarations(const SelectorSet &InsMap,
2416                                  const SelectorSet &ClsMap,
2417                                  SelectorSet &InsMapSeen,
2418                                  SelectorSet &ClsMapSeen,
2419                                  ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
2420                                  ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl,
2421                                  bool &IncompleteImpl,
2422                                  bool ImmediateClass,
2423                                  bool WarnCategoryMethodImpl=false);
2424
2425  /// CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches - Checks that methods implemented in
2426  /// category matches with those implemented in its primary class and
2427  /// warns each time an exact match is found.
2428  void CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches(ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CatIMP);
2429
2430  /// \brief Add the given method to the list of globally-known methods.
2431  void addMethodToGlobalList(ObjCMethodList *List, ObjCMethodDecl *Method);
2432
2433private:
2434  /// AddMethodToGlobalPool - Add an instance or factory method to the global
2435  /// pool. See descriptoin of AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool.
2436  void AddMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl, bool instance);
2437
2438  /// LookupMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the instance or factory method and
2439  /// optionally warns if there are multiple signatures.
2440  ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R,
2441                                           bool receiverIdOrClass,
2442                                           bool warn, bool instance);
2443
2444public:
2445  /// AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool - All instance methods in a translation
2446  /// unit are added to a global pool. This allows us to efficiently associate
2447  /// a selector with a method declaraation for purposes of typechecking
2448  /// messages sent to "id" (where the class of the object is unknown).
2449  void AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) {
2450    AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/true);
2451  }
2452
2453  /// AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool - Same as above, but for factory methods.
2454  void AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) {
2455    AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/false);
2456  }
2457
2458  /// AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool - Add any method, instance or factory to global
2459  /// pool.
2460  void AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool(Decl *D);
2461
2462  /// LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if
2463  /// there are multiple signatures.
2464  ObjCMethodDecl *LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R,
2465                                                   bool receiverIdOrClass=false,
2466                                                   bool warn=true) {
2467    return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass,
2468                                    warn, /*instance*/true);
2469  }
2470
2471  /// LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if
2472  /// there are multiple signatures.
2473  ObjCMethodDecl *LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R,
2474                                                  bool receiverIdOrClass=false,
2475                                                  bool warn=true) {
2476    return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass,
2477                                    warn, /*instance*/false);
2478  }
2479
2480  /// LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method which has an
2481  /// implementation.
2482  ObjCMethodDecl *LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel);
2483
2484  /// CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct - Collect those ivars which require
2485  /// initialization.
2486  void CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct(ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI,
2487                                  SmallVectorImpl<ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars);
2488
2489  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
2490  // Statement Parsing Callbacks: SemaStmt.cpp.
2491public:
2492  class FullExprArg {
2493  public:
2494    FullExprArg(Sema &actions) : E(0) { }
2495
2496    // FIXME: The const_cast here is ugly. RValue references would make this
2497    // much nicer (or we could duplicate a bunch of the move semantics
2498    // emulation code from Ownership.h).
2499    FullExprArg(const FullExprArg& Other) : E(Other.E) {}
2500
2501    ExprResult release() {
2502      return E;
2503    }
2504
2505    Expr *get() const { return E; }
2506
2507    Expr *operator->() {
2508      return E;
2509    }
2510
2511  private:
2512    // FIXME: No need to make the entire Sema class a friend when it's just
2513    // Sema::MakeFullExpr that needs access to the constructor below.
2514    friend class Sema;
2515
2516    explicit FullExprArg(Expr *expr) : E(expr) {}
2517
2518    Expr *E;
2519  };
2520
2521  FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg) {
2522    return MakeFullExpr(Arg, Arg ? Arg->getExprLoc() : SourceLocation());
2523  }
2524  FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg, SourceLocation CC) {
2525    return FullExprArg(ActOnFinishFullExpr(Arg, CC).release());
2526  }
2527
2528  StmtResult ActOnExprStmt(FullExprArg Expr);
2529
2530  StmtResult ActOnNullStmt(SourceLocation SemiLoc,
2531                           bool HasLeadingEmptyMacro = false);
2532
2533  void ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt();
2534  void ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt();
2535  StmtResult ActOnCompoundStmt(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R,
2536                                       MultiStmtArg Elts,
2537                                       bool isStmtExpr);
2538
2539  /// \brief A RAII object to enter scope of a compound statement.
2540  class CompoundScopeRAII {
2541  public:
2542    CompoundScopeRAII(Sema &S): S(S) {
2543      S.ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt();
2544    }
2545
2546    ~CompoundScopeRAII() {
2547      S.ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt();
2548    }
2549
2550  private:
2551    Sema &S;
2552  };
2553
2554  StmtResult ActOnDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl,
2555                                   SourceLocation StartLoc,
2556                                   SourceLocation EndLoc);
2557  void ActOnForEachDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl);
2558  StmtResult ActOnForEachLValueExpr(Expr *E);
2559  StmtResult ActOnCaseStmt(SourceLocation CaseLoc, Expr *LHSVal,
2560                                   SourceLocation DotDotDotLoc, Expr *RHSVal,
2561                                   SourceLocation ColonLoc);
2562  void ActOnCaseStmtBody(Stmt *CaseStmt, Stmt *SubStmt);
2563
2564  StmtResult ActOnDefaultStmt(SourceLocation DefaultLoc,
2565                                      SourceLocation ColonLoc,
2566                                      Stmt *SubStmt, Scope *CurScope);
2567  StmtResult ActOnLabelStmt(SourceLocation IdentLoc, LabelDecl *TheDecl,
2568                            SourceLocation ColonLoc, Stmt *SubStmt);
2569
2570  StmtResult ActOnAttributedStmt(SourceLocation AttrLoc,
2571                                 ArrayRef<const Attr*> Attrs,
2572                                 Stmt *SubStmt);
2573
2574  StmtResult ActOnIfStmt(SourceLocation IfLoc,
2575                         FullExprArg CondVal, Decl *CondVar,
2576                         Stmt *ThenVal,
2577                         SourceLocation ElseLoc, Stmt *ElseVal);
2578  StmtResult ActOnStartOfSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc,
2579                                            Expr *Cond,
2580                                            Decl *CondVar);
2581  StmtResult ActOnFinishSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc,
2582                                           Stmt *Switch, Stmt *Body);
2583  StmtResult ActOnWhileStmt(SourceLocation WhileLoc,
2584                            FullExprArg Cond,
2585                            Decl *CondVar, Stmt *Body);
2586  StmtResult ActOnDoStmt(SourceLocation DoLoc, Stmt *Body,
2587                                 SourceLocation WhileLoc,
2588                                 SourceLocation CondLParen, Expr *Cond,
2589                                 SourceLocation CondRParen);
2590
2591  StmtResult ActOnForStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc,
2592                          SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2593                          Stmt *First, FullExprArg Second,
2594                          Decl *SecondVar,
2595                          FullExprArg Third,
2596                          SourceLocation RParenLoc,
2597                          Stmt *Body);
2598  ExprResult CheckObjCForCollectionOperand(SourceLocation forLoc,
2599                                           Expr *collection);
2600  StmtResult ActOnObjCForCollectionStmt(SourceLocation ForColLoc,
2601                                        Stmt *First, Expr *collection,
2602                                        SourceLocation RParenLoc);
2603  StmtResult FinishObjCForCollectionStmt(Stmt *ForCollection, Stmt *Body);
2604
2605  enum BuildForRangeKind {
2606    /// Initial building of a for-range statement.
2607    BFRK_Build,
2608    /// Instantiation or recovery rebuild of a for-range statement. Don't
2609    /// attempt any typo-correction.
2610    BFRK_Rebuild,
2611    /// Determining whether a for-range statement could be built. Avoid any
2612    /// unnecessary or irreversible actions.
2613    BFRK_Check
2614  };
2615
2616  StmtResult ActOnCXXForRangeStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, Stmt *LoopVar,
2617                                  SourceLocation ColonLoc, Expr *Collection,
2618                                  SourceLocation RParenLoc,
2619                                  BuildForRangeKind Kind);
2620  StmtResult BuildCXXForRangeStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc,
2621                                  SourceLocation ColonLoc,
2622                                  Stmt *RangeDecl, Stmt *BeginEndDecl,
2623                                  Expr *Cond, Expr *Inc,
2624                                  Stmt *LoopVarDecl,
2625                                  SourceLocation RParenLoc,
2626                                  BuildForRangeKind Kind);
2627  StmtResult FinishCXXForRangeStmt(Stmt *ForRange, Stmt *Body);
2628
2629  StmtResult ActOnGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc,
2630                           SourceLocation LabelLoc,
2631                           LabelDecl *TheDecl);
2632  StmtResult ActOnIndirectGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc,
2633                                   SourceLocation StarLoc,
2634                                   Expr *DestExp);
2635  StmtResult ActOnContinueStmt(SourceLocation ContinueLoc, Scope *CurScope);
2636  StmtResult ActOnBreakStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc, Scope *CurScope);
2637
2638  const VarDecl *getCopyElisionCandidate(QualType ReturnType, Expr *E,
2639                                         bool AllowFunctionParameters);
2640
2641  StmtResult ActOnReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp);
2642  StmtResult ActOnCapScopeReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp);
2643
2644  StmtResult ActOnGCCAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, bool IsSimple,
2645                             bool IsVolatile, unsigned NumOutputs,
2646                             unsigned NumInputs, IdentifierInfo **Names,
2647                             MultiExprArg Constraints, MultiExprArg Exprs,
2648                             Expr *AsmString, MultiExprArg Clobbers,
2649                             SourceLocation RParenLoc);
2650
2651  NamedDecl *LookupInlineAsmIdentifier(StringRef Name, SourceLocation Loc,
2652                                       unsigned &Size);
2653  bool LookupInlineAsmField(StringRef Base, StringRef Member,
2654                            unsigned &Offset, SourceLocation AsmLoc);
2655  StmtResult ActOnMSAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc,
2656                            ArrayRef<Token> AsmToks, SourceLocation EndLoc);
2657
2658  VarDecl *BuildObjCExceptionDecl(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, QualType ExceptionType,
2659                                  SourceLocation StartLoc,
2660                                  SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id,
2661                                  bool Invalid = false);
2662
2663  Decl *ActOnObjCExceptionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
2664
2665  StmtResult ActOnObjCAtCatchStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation RParen,
2666                                  Decl *Parm, Stmt *Body);
2667
2668  StmtResult ActOnObjCAtFinallyStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body);
2669
2670  StmtResult ActOnObjCAtTryStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Try,
2671                                MultiStmtArg Catch, Stmt *Finally);
2672
2673  StmtResult BuildObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw);
2674  StmtResult ActOnObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw,
2675                                  Scope *CurScope);
2676  ExprResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedOperand(SourceLocation atLoc,
2677                                            Expr *operand);
2678  StmtResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc,
2679                                         Expr *SynchExpr,
2680                                         Stmt *SynchBody);
2681
2682  StmtResult ActOnObjCAutoreleasePoolStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body);
2683
2684  VarDecl *BuildExceptionDeclaration(Scope *S, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
2685                                     SourceLocation StartLoc,
2686                                     SourceLocation IdLoc,
2687                                     IdentifierInfo *Id);
2688
2689  Decl *ActOnExceptionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
2690
2691  StmtResult ActOnCXXCatchBlock(SourceLocation CatchLoc,
2692                                Decl *ExDecl, Stmt *HandlerBlock);
2693  StmtResult ActOnCXXTryBlock(SourceLocation TryLoc, Stmt *TryBlock,
2694                              MultiStmtArg Handlers);
2695
2696  StmtResult ActOnSEHTryBlock(bool IsCXXTry, // try (true) or __try (false) ?
2697                              SourceLocation TryLoc,
2698                              Stmt *TryBlock,
2699                              Stmt *Handler);
2700
2701  StmtResult ActOnSEHExceptBlock(SourceLocation Loc,
2702                                 Expr *FilterExpr,
2703                                 Stmt *Block);
2704
2705  StmtResult ActOnSEHFinallyBlock(SourceLocation Loc,
2706                                  Stmt *Block);
2707
2708  void DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(CXXTryStmt *TryBlock);
2709
2710  bool ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const;
2711
2712  /// \brief If it's a file scoped decl that must warn if not used, keep track
2713  /// of it.
2714  void MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D);
2715
2716  /// DiagnoseUnusedExprResult - If the statement passed in is an expression
2717  /// whose result is unused, warn.
2718  void DiagnoseUnusedExprResult(const Stmt *S);
2719  void DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *ND);
2720
2721  /// Emit \p DiagID if statement located on \p StmtLoc has a suspicious null
2722  /// statement as a \p Body, and it is located on the same line.
2723  ///
2724  /// This helps prevent bugs due to typos, such as:
2725  ///     if (condition);
2726  ///       do_stuff();
2727  void DiagnoseEmptyStmtBody(SourceLocation StmtLoc,
2728                             const Stmt *Body,
2729                             unsigned DiagID);
2730
2731  /// Warn if a for/while loop statement \p S, which is followed by
2732  /// \p PossibleBody, has a suspicious null statement as a body.
2733  void DiagnoseEmptyLoopBody(const Stmt *S,
2734                             const Stmt *PossibleBody);
2735
2736  ParsingDeclState PushParsingDeclaration(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) {
2737    return DelayedDiagnostics.push(pool);
2738  }
2739  void PopParsingDeclaration(ParsingDeclState state, Decl *decl);
2740
2741  typedef ProcessingContextState ParsingClassState;
2742  ParsingClassState PushParsingClass() {
2743    return DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed();
2744  }
2745  void PopParsingClass(ParsingClassState state) {
2746    DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(state);
2747  }
2748
2749  void redelayDiagnostics(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool);
2750
2751  void EmitDeprecationWarning(NamedDecl *D, StringRef Message,
2752                              SourceLocation Loc,
2753                              const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass,
2754                              const ObjCPropertyDecl  *ObjCProperty);
2755
2756  void HandleDelayedDeprecationCheck(sema::DelayedDiagnostic &DD, Decl *Ctx);
2757
2758  bool makeUnavailableInSystemHeader(SourceLocation loc,
2759                                     StringRef message);
2760
2761  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
2762  // Expression Parsing Callbacks: SemaExpr.cpp.
2763
2764  bool CanUseDecl(NamedDecl *D);
2765  bool DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
2766                         const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass=0);
2767  void NoteDeletedFunction(FunctionDecl *FD);
2768  std::string getDeletedOrUnavailableSuffix(const FunctionDecl *FD);
2769  bool DiagnosePropertyAccessorMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *PD,
2770                                        ObjCMethodDecl *Getter,
2771                                        SourceLocation Loc);
2772  void DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
2773                             Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs);
2774
2775  void PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext,
2776                                       Decl *LambdaContextDecl = 0,
2777                                       bool IsDecltype = false);
2778  enum ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t { ReuseLambdaContextDecl };
2779  void PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext,
2780                                       ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t,
2781                                       bool IsDecltype = false);
2782  void PopExpressionEvaluationContext();
2783
2784  void DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
2785
2786  ExprResult TransformToPotentiallyEvaluated(Expr *E);
2787  ExprResult HandleExprEvaluationContextForTypeof(Expr *E);
2788
2789  ExprResult ActOnConstantExpression(ExprResult Res);
2790
2791  // Functions for marking a declaration referenced.  These functions also
2792  // contain the relevant logic for marking if a reference to a function or
2793  // variable is an odr-use (in the C++11 sense).  There are separate variants
2794  // for expressions referring to a decl; these exist because odr-use marking
2795  // needs to be delayed for some constant variables when we build one of the
2796  // named expressions.
2797  void MarkAnyDeclReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D);
2798  void MarkFunctionReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, FunctionDecl *Func);
2799  void MarkVariableReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, VarDecl *Var);
2800  void MarkDeclRefReferenced(DeclRefExpr *E);
2801  void MarkMemberReferenced(MemberExpr *E);
2802
2803  void UpdateMarkingForLValueToRValue(Expr *E);
2804  void CleanupVarDeclMarking();
2805
2806  enum TryCaptureKind {
2807    TryCapture_Implicit, TryCapture_ExplicitByVal, TryCapture_ExplicitByRef
2808  };
2809
2810  /// \brief Try to capture the given variable.
2811  ///
2812  /// \param Var The variable to capture.
2813  ///
2814  /// \param Loc The location at which the capture occurs.
2815  ///
2816  /// \param Kind The kind of capture, which may be implicit (for either a
2817  /// block or a lambda), or explicit by-value or by-reference (for a lambda).
2818  ///
2819  /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis, if one is provided in
2820  /// an explicit lambda capture.
2821  ///
2822  /// \param BuildAndDiagnose Whether we are actually supposed to add the
2823  /// captures or diagnose errors. If false, this routine merely check whether
2824  /// the capture can occur without performing the capture itself or complaining
2825  /// if the variable cannot be captured.
2826  ///
2827  /// \param CaptureType Will be set to the type of the field used to capture
2828  /// this variable in the innermost block or lambda. Only valid when the
2829  /// variable can be captured.
2830  ///
2831  /// \param DeclRefType Will be set to the type of a reference to the capture
2832  /// from within the current scope. Only valid when the variable can be
2833  /// captured.
2834  ///
2835  /// \returns true if an error occurred (i.e., the variable cannot be
2836  /// captured) and false if the capture succeeded.
2837  bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc, TryCaptureKind Kind,
2838                          SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, bool BuildAndDiagnose,
2839                          QualType &CaptureType,
2840                          QualType &DeclRefType);
2841
2842  /// \brief Try to capture the given variable.
2843  bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc,
2844                          TryCaptureKind Kind = TryCapture_Implicit,
2845                          SourceLocation EllipsisLoc = SourceLocation());
2846
2847  /// \brief Given a variable, determine the type that a reference to that
2848  /// variable will have in the given scope.
2849  QualType getCapturedDeclRefType(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc);
2850
2851  void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T);
2852  void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInExpr(Expr *E,
2853                                        bool SkipLocalVariables = false);
2854
2855  /// \brief Try to recover by turning the given expression into a
2856  /// call.  Returns true if recovery was attempted or an error was
2857  /// emitted; this may also leave the ExprResult invalid.
2858  bool tryToRecoverWithCall(ExprResult &E, const PartialDiagnostic &PD,
2859                            bool ForceComplain = false,
2860                            bool (*IsPlausibleResult)(QualType) = 0);
2861
2862  /// \brief Figure out if an expression could be turned into a call.
2863  bool isExprCallable(const Expr &E, QualType &ZeroArgCallReturnTy,
2864                      UnresolvedSetImpl &NonTemplateOverloads);
2865
2866  /// \brief Conditionally issue a diagnostic based on the current
2867  /// evaluation context.
2868  ///
2869  /// \param Statement If Statement is non-null, delay reporting the
2870  /// diagnostic until the function body is parsed, and then do a basic
2871  /// reachability analysis to determine if the statement is reachable.
2872  /// If it is unreachable, the diagnostic will not be emitted.
2873  bool DiagRuntimeBehavior(SourceLocation Loc, const Stmt *Statement,
2874                           const PartialDiagnostic &PD);
2875
2876  // Primary Expressions.
2877  SourceRange getExprRange(Expr *E) const;
2878
2879  ExprResult ActOnIdExpression(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2880                               SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
2881                               UnqualifiedId &Id,
2882                               bool HasTrailingLParen, bool IsAddressOfOperand,
2883                               CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC = 0);
2884
2885  void DecomposeUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Id,
2886                              TemplateArgumentListInfo &Buffer,
2887                              DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
2888                              const TemplateArgumentListInfo *&TemplateArgs);
2889
2890  bool DiagnoseEmptyLookup(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, LookupResult &R,
2891                           CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC,
2892                           TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0,
2893                       llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args = llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *>());
2894
2895  ExprResult LookupInObjCMethod(LookupResult &LookUp, Scope *S,
2896                                IdentifierInfo *II,
2897                                bool AllowBuiltinCreation=false);
2898
2899  ExprResult ActOnDependentIdExpression(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2900                                        SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
2901                                        const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
2902                                        bool isAddressOfOperand,
2903                                const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
2904
2905  ExprResult BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty,
2906                              ExprValueKind VK,
2907                              SourceLocation Loc,
2908                              const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0);
2909  ExprResult BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty,
2910                              ExprValueKind VK,
2911                              const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
2912                              const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0);
2913  ExprResult
2914  BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2915                                           SourceLocation nameLoc,
2916                                           IndirectFieldDecl *indirectField,
2917                                           Expr *baseObjectExpr = 0,
2918                                      SourceLocation opLoc = SourceLocation());
2919  ExprResult BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2920                                             SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
2921                                             LookupResult &R,
2922                                const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
2923  ExprResult BuildImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2924                                     SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
2925                                     LookupResult &R,
2926                                const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs,
2927                                     bool IsDefiniteInstance);
2928  bool UseArgumentDependentLookup(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2929                                  const LookupResult &R,
2930                                  bool HasTrailingLParen);
2931
2932  ExprResult BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2933                                         const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
2934                                               bool IsAddressOfOperand);
2935  ExprResult BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2936                                       SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
2937                                const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
2938                                const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
2939
2940  ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2941                                      LookupResult &R,
2942                                      bool NeedsADL);
2943  ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2944                                      const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
2945                                      NamedDecl *D);
2946
2947  ExprResult BuildLiteralOperatorCall(LookupResult &R,
2948                                      DeclarationNameInfo &SuffixInfo,
2949                                      ArrayRef<Expr*> Args,
2950                                      SourceLocation LitEndLoc,
2951                            TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0);
2952
2953  ExprResult ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc, tok::TokenKind Kind);
2954  ExprResult ActOnIntegerConstant(SourceLocation Loc, uint64_t Val);
2955  ExprResult ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope = 0);
2956  ExprResult ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope = 0);
2957  ExprResult ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R, Expr *E);
2958  ExprResult ActOnParenListExpr(SourceLocation L,
2959                                SourceLocation R,
2960                                MultiExprArg Val);
2961
2962  /// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string
2963  /// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz").
2964  ExprResult ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks,
2965                                Scope *UDLScope = 0);
2966
2967  ExprResult ActOnGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc,
2968                                       SourceLocation DefaultLoc,
2969                                       SourceLocation RParenLoc,
2970                                       Expr *ControllingExpr,
2971                                       MultiTypeArg ArgTypes,
2972                                       MultiExprArg ArgExprs);
2973  ExprResult CreateGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc,
2974                                        SourceLocation DefaultLoc,
2975                                        SourceLocation RParenLoc,
2976                                        Expr *ControllingExpr,
2977                                        TypeSourceInfo **Types,
2978                                        Expr **Exprs,
2979                                        unsigned NumAssocs);
2980
2981  // Binary/Unary Operators.  'Tok' is the token for the operator.
2982  ExprResult CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, UnaryOperatorKind Opc,
2983                                  Expr *InputExpr);
2984  ExprResult BuildUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
2985                          UnaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *Input);
2986  ExprResult ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
2987                          tok::TokenKind Op, Expr *Input);
2988
2989  ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
2990                                            SourceLocation OpLoc,
2991                                            UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind,
2992                                            SourceRange R);
2993  ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
2994                                            UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind);
2995  ExprResult
2996    ActOnUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc,
2997                                  UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind,
2998                                  bool IsType, void *TyOrEx,
2999                                  const SourceRange &ArgRange);
3000
3001  ExprResult CheckPlaceholderExpr(Expr *E);
3002  bool CheckVecStepExpr(Expr *E);
3003
3004  bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(Expr *E, UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind);
3005  bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(QualType ExprType, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3006                                        SourceRange ExprRange,
3007                                        UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind);
3008  ExprResult ActOnSizeofParameterPackExpr(Scope *S,
3009                                          SourceLocation OpLoc,
3010                                          IdentifierInfo &Name,
3011                                          SourceLocation NameLoc,
3012                                          SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3013  ExprResult ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3014                                 tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *Input);
3015
3016  ExprResult ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
3017                                     Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc);
3018  ExprResult CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
3019                                             Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc);
3020
3021  ExprResult BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType,
3022                                      SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow,
3023                                      CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3024                                      SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3025                                      NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope,
3026                                const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3027                                const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
3028
3029  // This struct is for use by ActOnMemberAccess to allow
3030  // BuildMemberReferenceExpr to be able to reinvoke ActOnMemberAccess after
3031  // changing the access operator from a '.' to a '->' (to see if that is the
3032  // change needed to fix an error about an unknown member, e.g. when the class
3033  // defines a custom operator->).
3034  struct ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs {
3035    Scope *S;
3036    UnqualifiedId &Id;
3037    Decl *ObjCImpDecl;
3038    bool HasTrailingLParen;
3039  };
3040
3041  ExprResult BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType,
3042                                      SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow,
3043                                      const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3044                                      SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3045                                      NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope,
3046                                      LookupResult &R,
3047                                 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs,
3048                                      bool SuppressQualifierCheck = false,
3049                                     ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs *ExtraArgs = 0);
3050
3051  ExprResult PerformMemberExprBaseConversion(Expr *Base, bool IsArrow);
3052  ExprResult LookupMemberExpr(LookupResult &R, ExprResult &Base,
3053                              bool &IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3054                              CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3055                              Decl *ObjCImpDecl,
3056                              bool HasTemplateArgs);
3057
3058  bool CheckQualifiedMemberReference(Expr *BaseExpr, QualType BaseType,
3059                                     const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3060                                     const LookupResult &R);
3061
3062  ExprResult ActOnDependentMemberExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType,
3063                                      bool IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3064                                      const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3065                                      SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3066                                      NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope,
3067                               const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3068                               const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
3069
3070  ExprResult ActOnMemberAccessExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
3071                                   SourceLocation OpLoc,
3072                                   tok::TokenKind OpKind,
3073                                   CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3074                                   SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3075                                   UnqualifiedId &Member,
3076                                   Decl *ObjCImpDecl,
3077                                   bool HasTrailingLParen);
3078
3079  void ActOnDefaultCtorInitializers(Decl *CDtorDecl);
3080  bool ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn,
3081                               FunctionDecl *FDecl,
3082                               const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
3083                               Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
3084                               SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3085                               bool ExecConfig = false);
3086  void CheckStaticArrayArgument(SourceLocation CallLoc,
3087                                ParmVarDecl *Param,
3088                                const Expr *ArgExpr);
3089
3090  /// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments.
3091  /// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma
3092  /// locations.
3093  ExprResult ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3094                           MultiExprArg ArgExprs, SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3095                           Expr *ExecConfig = 0, bool IsExecConfig = false);
3096  ExprResult BuildResolvedCallExpr(Expr *Fn, NamedDecl *NDecl,
3097                                   SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3098                                   Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
3099                                   SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3100                                   Expr *Config = 0,
3101                                   bool IsExecConfig = false);
3102
3103  ExprResult ActOnCUDAExecConfigExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LLLLoc,
3104                                     MultiExprArg ExecConfig,
3105                                     SourceLocation GGGLoc);
3106
3107  ExprResult ActOnCastExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3108                           Declarator &D, ParsedType &Ty,
3109                           SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *CastExpr);
3110  ExprResult BuildCStyleCastExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3111                                 TypeSourceInfo *Ty,
3112                                 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3113                                 Expr *Op);
3114  CastKind PrepareScalarCast(ExprResult &src, QualType destType);
3115
3116  /// \brief Build an altivec or OpenCL literal.
3117  ExprResult BuildVectorLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3118                                SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *E,
3119                                TypeSourceInfo *TInfo);
3120
3121  ExprResult MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope *S, Expr *ME);
3122
3123  ExprResult ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3124                                  ParsedType Ty,
3125                                  SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3126                                  Expr *InitExpr);
3127
3128  ExprResult BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3129                                      TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
3130                                      SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3131                                      Expr *LiteralExpr);
3132
3133  ExprResult ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc,
3134                           MultiExprArg InitArgList,
3135                           SourceLocation RBraceLoc);
3136
3137  ExprResult ActOnDesignatedInitializer(Designation &Desig,
3138                                        SourceLocation Loc,
3139                                        bool GNUSyntax,
3140                                        ExprResult Init);
3141
3142  ExprResult ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc,
3143                        tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr);
3144  ExprResult BuildBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3145                        BinaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr);
3146  ExprResult CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, BinaryOperatorKind Opc,
3147                                Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr);
3148
3149  /// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation.  Note that 'LHS' may be null
3150  /// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension.
3151  ExprResult ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
3152                                SourceLocation ColonLoc,
3153                                Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr);
3154
3155  /// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo".
3156  ExprResult ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LabLoc,
3157                            LabelDecl *TheDecl);
3158
3159  void ActOnStartStmtExpr();
3160  ExprResult ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, Stmt *SubStmt,
3161                           SourceLocation RPLoc); // "({..})"
3162  void ActOnStmtExprError();
3163
3164  // __builtin_offsetof(type, identifier(.identifier|[expr])*)
3165  struct OffsetOfComponent {
3166    SourceLocation LocStart, LocEnd;
3167    bool isBrackets;  // true if [expr], false if .ident
3168    union {
3169      IdentifierInfo *IdentInfo;
3170      Expr *E;
3171    } U;
3172  };
3173
3174  /// __builtin_offsetof(type, a.b[123][456].c)
3175  ExprResult BuildBuiltinOffsetOf(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
3176                                  TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
3177                                  OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr,
3178                                  unsigned NumComponents,
3179                                  SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3180  ExprResult ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S,
3181                                  SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
3182                                  SourceLocation TypeLoc,
3183                                  ParsedType ParsedArgTy,
3184                                  OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr,
3185                                  unsigned NumComponents,
3186                                  SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3187
3188  // __builtin_choose_expr(constExpr, expr1, expr2)
3189  ExprResult ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
3190                             Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr,
3191                             Expr *RHSExpr, SourceLocation RPLoc);
3192
3193  // __builtin_va_arg(expr, type)
3194  ExprResult ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E, ParsedType Ty,
3195                        SourceLocation RPLoc);
3196  ExprResult BuildVAArgExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E,
3197                            TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, SourceLocation RPLoc);
3198
3199  // __null
3200  ExprResult ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc);
3201
3202  bool CheckCaseExpression(Expr *E);
3203
3204  /// \brief Describes the result of an "if-exists" condition check.
3205  enum IfExistsResult {
3206    /// \brief The symbol exists.
3207    IER_Exists,
3208
3209    /// \brief The symbol does not exist.
3210    IER_DoesNotExist,
3211
3212    /// \brief The name is a dependent name, so the results will differ
3213    /// from one instantiation to the next.
3214    IER_Dependent,
3215
3216    /// \brief An error occurred.
3217    IER_Error
3218  };
3219
3220  IfExistsResult
3221  CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3222                               const DeclarationNameInfo &TargetNameInfo);
3223
3224  IfExistsResult
3225  CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
3226                               bool IsIfExists, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3227                               UnqualifiedId &Name);
3228
3229  StmtResult BuildMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
3230                                        bool IsIfExists,
3231                                        NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc,
3232                                        DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo,
3233                                        Stmt *Nested);
3234  StmtResult ActOnMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
3235                                        bool IsIfExists,
3236                                        CXXScopeSpec &SS, UnqualifiedId &Name,
3237                                        Stmt *Nested);
3238
3239  //===------------------------- "Block" Extension ------------------------===//
3240
3241  /// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is
3242  /// started.
3243  void ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope);
3244
3245  /// ActOnBlockArguments - This callback allows processing of block arguments.
3246  /// If there are no arguments, this is still invoked.
3247  void ActOnBlockArguments(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Declarator &ParamInfo,
3248                           Scope *CurScope);
3249
3250  /// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback
3251  /// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl.
3252  void ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope);
3253
3254  /// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement
3255  /// literal was successfully completed.  ^(int x){...}
3256  ExprResult ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Stmt *Body,
3257                                Scope *CurScope);
3258
3259  //===---------------------------- OpenCL Features -----------------------===//
3260
3261  /// __builtin_astype(...)
3262  ExprResult ActOnAsTypeExpr(Expr *E, ParsedType ParsedDestTy,
3263                             SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
3264                             SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3265
3266  //===---------------------------- C++ Features --------------------------===//
3267
3268  // Act on C++ namespaces
3269  Decl *ActOnStartNamespaceDef(Scope *S, SourceLocation InlineLoc,
3270                               SourceLocation NamespaceLoc,
3271                               SourceLocation IdentLoc,
3272                               IdentifierInfo *Ident,
3273                               SourceLocation LBrace,
3274                               AttributeList *AttrList);
3275  void ActOnFinishNamespaceDef(Decl *Dcl, SourceLocation RBrace);
3276
3277  NamespaceDecl *getStdNamespace() const;
3278  NamespaceDecl *getOrCreateStdNamespace();
3279
3280  CXXRecordDecl *getStdBadAlloc() const;
3281
3282  /// \brief Tests whether Ty is an instance of std::initializer_list and, if
3283  /// it is and Element is not NULL, assigns the element type to Element.
3284  bool isStdInitializerList(QualType Ty, QualType *Element);
3285
3286  /// \brief Looks for the std::initializer_list template and instantiates it
3287  /// with Element, or emits an error if it's not found.
3288  ///
3289  /// \returns The instantiated template, or null on error.
3290  QualType BuildStdInitializerList(QualType Element, SourceLocation Loc);
3291
3292  /// \brief Determine whether Ctor is an initializer-list constructor, as
3293  /// defined in [dcl.init.list]p2.
3294  bool isInitListConstructor(const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor);
3295
3296  Decl *ActOnUsingDirective(Scope *CurScope,
3297                            SourceLocation UsingLoc,
3298                            SourceLocation NamespcLoc,
3299                            CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3300                            SourceLocation IdentLoc,
3301                            IdentifierInfo *NamespcName,
3302                            AttributeList *AttrList);
3303
3304  void PushUsingDirective(Scope *S, UsingDirectiveDecl *UDir);
3305
3306  Decl *ActOnNamespaceAliasDef(Scope *CurScope,
3307                               SourceLocation NamespaceLoc,
3308                               SourceLocation AliasLoc,
3309                               IdentifierInfo *Alias,
3310                               CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3311                               SourceLocation IdentLoc,
3312                               IdentifierInfo *Ident);
3313
3314  void HideUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingShadowDecl *Shadow);
3315  bool CheckUsingShadowDecl(UsingDecl *UD, NamedDecl *Target,
3316                            const LookupResult &PreviousDecls);
3317  UsingShadowDecl *BuildUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingDecl *UD,
3318                                        NamedDecl *Target);
3319
3320  bool CheckUsingDeclRedeclaration(SourceLocation UsingLoc,
3321                                   bool isTypeName,
3322                                   const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3323                                   SourceLocation NameLoc,
3324                                   const LookupResult &Previous);
3325  bool CheckUsingDeclQualifier(SourceLocation UsingLoc,
3326                               const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3327                               SourceLocation NameLoc);
3328
3329  NamedDecl *BuildUsingDeclaration(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
3330                                   SourceLocation UsingLoc,
3331                                   CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3332                                   const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3333                                   AttributeList *AttrList,
3334                                   bool IsInstantiation,
3335                                   bool IsTypeName,
3336                                   SourceLocation TypenameLoc);
3337
3338  bool CheckInheritingConstructorUsingDecl(UsingDecl *UD);
3339
3340  Decl *ActOnUsingDeclaration(Scope *CurScope,
3341                              AccessSpecifier AS,
3342                              bool HasUsingKeyword,
3343                              SourceLocation UsingLoc,
3344                              CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3345                              UnqualifiedId &Name,
3346                              AttributeList *AttrList,
3347                              bool IsTypeName,
3348                              SourceLocation TypenameLoc);
3349  Decl *ActOnAliasDeclaration(Scope *CurScope,
3350                              AccessSpecifier AS,
3351                              MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams,
3352                              SourceLocation UsingLoc,
3353                              UnqualifiedId &Name,
3354                              TypeResult Type);
3355
3356  /// InitializeVarWithConstructor - Creates an CXXConstructExpr
3357  /// and sets it as the initializer for the passed in VarDecl.
3358  bool InitializeVarWithConstructor(VarDecl *VD,
3359                                    CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor,
3360                                    MultiExprArg Exprs,
3361                                    bool HadMultipleCandidates);
3362
3363  /// BuildCXXConstructExpr - Creates a complete call to a constructor,
3364  /// including handling of its default argument expressions.
3365  ///
3366  /// \param ConstructKind - a CXXConstructExpr::ConstructionKind
3367  ExprResult
3368  BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType,
3369                        CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, MultiExprArg Exprs,
3370                        bool HadMultipleCandidates, bool RequiresZeroInit,
3371                        unsigned ConstructKind, SourceRange ParenRange);
3372
3373  // FIXME: Can re remove this and have the above BuildCXXConstructExpr check if
3374  // the constructor can be elidable?
3375  ExprResult
3376  BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType,
3377                        CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool Elidable,
3378                        MultiExprArg Exprs, bool HadMultipleCandidates,
3379                        bool RequiresZeroInit, unsigned ConstructKind,
3380                        SourceRange ParenRange);
3381
3382  /// BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr - Creates a CXXDefaultArgExpr, instantiating
3383  /// the default expr if needed.
3384  ExprResult BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc,
3385                                    FunctionDecl *FD,
3386                                    ParmVarDecl *Param);
3387
3388  /// FinalizeVarWithDestructor - Prepare for calling destructor on the
3389  /// constructed variable.
3390  void FinalizeVarWithDestructor(VarDecl *VD, const RecordType *DeclInitType);
3391
3392  /// \brief Helper class that collects exception specifications for
3393  /// implicitly-declared special member functions.
3394  class ImplicitExceptionSpecification {
3395    // Pointer to allow copying
3396    Sema *Self;
3397    // We order exception specifications thus:
3398    // noexcept is the most restrictive, but is only used in C++11.
3399    // throw() comes next.
3400    // Then a throw(collected exceptions)
3401    // Finally no specification, which is expressed as noexcept(false).
3402    // throw(...) is used instead if any called function uses it.
3403    ExceptionSpecificationType ComputedEST;
3404    llvm::SmallPtrSet<CanQualType, 4> ExceptionsSeen;
3405    SmallVector<QualType, 4> Exceptions;
3406
3407    void ClearExceptions() {
3408      ExceptionsSeen.clear();
3409      Exceptions.clear();
3410    }
3411
3412  public:
3413    explicit ImplicitExceptionSpecification(Sema &Self)
3414      : Self(&Self), ComputedEST(EST_BasicNoexcept) {
3415      if (!Self.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x)
3416        ComputedEST = EST_DynamicNone;
3417    }
3418
3419    /// \brief Get the computed exception specification type.
3420    ExceptionSpecificationType getExceptionSpecType() const {
3421      assert(ComputedEST != EST_ComputedNoexcept &&
3422             "noexcept(expr) should not be a possible result");
3423      return ComputedEST;
3424    }
3425
3426    /// \brief The number of exceptions in the exception specification.
3427    unsigned size() const { return Exceptions.size(); }
3428
3429    /// \brief The set of exceptions in the exception specification.
3430    const QualType *data() const { return Exceptions.data(); }
3431
3432    /// \brief Integrate another called method into the collected data.
3433    void CalledDecl(SourceLocation CallLoc, CXXMethodDecl *Method);
3434
3435    /// \brief Integrate an invoked expression into the collected data.
3436    void CalledExpr(Expr *E);
3437
3438    /// \brief Overwrite an EPI's exception specification with this
3439    /// computed exception specification.
3440    void getEPI(FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI) const {
3441      EPI.ExceptionSpecType = getExceptionSpecType();
3442      if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_Dynamic) {
3443        EPI.NumExceptions = size();
3444        EPI.Exceptions = data();
3445      } else if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_None) {
3446        /// C++11 [except.spec]p14:
3447        ///   The exception-specification is noexcept(false) if the set of
3448        ///   potential exceptions of the special member function contains "any"
3449        EPI.ExceptionSpecType = EST_ComputedNoexcept;
3450        EPI.NoexceptExpr = Self->ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation(),
3451                                                     tok::kw_false).take();
3452      }
3453    }
3454    FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo getEPI() const {
3455      FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI;
3456      getEPI(EPI);
3457      return EPI;
3458    }
3459  };
3460
3461  /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted
3462  /// copy constructor of a class will have.
3463  ImplicitExceptionSpecification
3464  ComputeDefaultedDefaultCtorExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc,
3465                                           CXXMethodDecl *MD);
3466
3467  /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted
3468  /// default constructor of a class will have, and whether the parameter
3469  /// will be const.
3470  ImplicitExceptionSpecification
3471  ComputeDefaultedCopyCtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
3472
3473  /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defautled
3474  /// copy assignment operator of a class will have, and whether the
3475  /// parameter will be const.
3476  ImplicitExceptionSpecification
3477  ComputeDefaultedCopyAssignmentExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
3478
3479  /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move
3480  /// constructor of a class will have.
3481  ImplicitExceptionSpecification
3482  ComputeDefaultedMoveCtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
3483
3484  /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move
3485  /// assignment operator of a class will have.
3486  ImplicitExceptionSpecification
3487  ComputeDefaultedMoveAssignmentExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
3488
3489  /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted
3490  /// destructor of a class will have.
3491  ImplicitExceptionSpecification
3492  ComputeDefaultedDtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
3493
3494  /// \brief Evaluate the implicit exception specification for a defaulted
3495  /// special member function.
3496  void EvaluateImplicitExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, CXXMethodDecl *MD);
3497
3498  /// \brief Check the given exception-specification and update the
3499  /// extended prototype information with the results.
3500  void checkExceptionSpecification(ExceptionSpecificationType EST,
3501                                   ArrayRef<ParsedType> DynamicExceptions,
3502                                   ArrayRef<SourceRange> DynamicExceptionRanges,
3503                                   Expr *NoexceptExpr,
3504                                   llvm::SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &Exceptions,
3505                                   FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI);
3506
3507  /// \brief Determine if a special member function should have a deleted
3508  /// definition when it is defaulted.
3509  bool ShouldDeleteSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD, CXXSpecialMember CSM,
3510                                 bool Diagnose = false);
3511
3512  /// \brief Declare the implicit default constructor for the given class.
3513  ///
3514  /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit
3515  /// default constructor will be added.
3516  ///
3517  /// \returns The implicitly-declared default constructor.
3518  CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor(
3519                                                     CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
3520
3521  /// DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor - Checks for feasibility of
3522  /// defining this constructor as the default constructor.
3523  void DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
3524                                        CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
3525
3526  /// \brief Declare the implicit destructor for the given class.
3527  ///
3528  /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit
3529  /// destructor will be added.
3530  ///
3531  /// \returns The implicitly-declared destructor.
3532  CXXDestructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
3533
3534  /// DefineImplicitDestructor - Checks for feasibility of
3535  /// defining this destructor as the default destructor.
3536  void DefineImplicitDestructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
3537                                CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor);
3538
3539  /// \brief Build an exception spec for destructors that don't have one.
3540  ///
3541  /// C++11 says that user-defined destructors with no exception spec get one
3542  /// that looks as if the destructor was implicitly declared.
3543  void AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl,
3544                                     CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor);
3545
3546  /// \brief Declare all inherited constructors for the given class.
3547  ///
3548  /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the inherited
3549  /// constructors will be added.
3550  void DeclareInheritedConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
3551
3552  /// \brief Declare the implicit copy constructor for the given class.
3553  ///
3554  /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit
3555  /// copy constructor will be added.
3556  ///
3557  /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy constructor.
3558  CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
3559
3560  /// DefineImplicitCopyConstructor - Checks for feasibility of
3561  /// defining this constructor as the copy constructor.
3562  void DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
3563                                     CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
3564
3565  /// \brief Declare the implicit move constructor for the given class.
3566  ///
3567  /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit
3568  /// move constructor will be added.
3569  ///
3570  /// \returns The implicitly-declared move constructor, or NULL if it wasn't
3571  /// declared.
3572  CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
3573
3574  /// DefineImplicitMoveConstructor - Checks for feasibility of
3575  /// defining this constructor as the move constructor.
3576  void DefineImplicitMoveConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
3577                                     CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
3578
3579  /// \brief Declare the implicit copy assignment operator for the given class.
3580  ///
3581  /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit
3582  /// copy assignment operator will be added.
3583  ///
3584  /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy assignment operator.
3585  CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
3586
3587  /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared copy assignment operator.
3588  void DefineImplicitCopyAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
3589                                    CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl);
3590
3591  /// \brief Declare the implicit move assignment operator for the given class.
3592  ///
3593  /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit
3594  /// move assignment operator will be added.
3595  ///
3596  /// \returns The implicitly-declared move assignment operator, or NULL if it
3597  /// wasn't declared.
3598  CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
3599
3600  /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared move assignment operator.
3601  void DefineImplicitMoveAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
3602                                    CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl);
3603
3604  /// \brief Force the declaration of any implicitly-declared members of this
3605  /// class.
3606  void ForceDeclarationOfImplicitMembers(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
3607
3608  /// \brief Determine whether the given function is an implicitly-deleted
3609  /// special member function.
3610  bool isImplicitlyDeleted(FunctionDecl *FD);
3611
3612  /// \brief Check whether 'this' shows up in the type of a static member
3613  /// function after the (naturally empty) cv-qualifier-seq would be.
3614  ///
3615  /// \returns true if an error occurred.
3616  bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(CXXMethodDecl *Method);
3617
3618  /// \brief Whether this' shows up in the exception specification of a static
3619  /// member function.
3620  bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *Method);
3621
3622  /// \brief Check whether 'this' shows up in the attributes of the given
3623  /// static member function.
3624  ///
3625  /// \returns true if an error occurred.
3626  bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(CXXMethodDecl *Method);
3627
3628  /// MaybeBindToTemporary - If the passed in expression has a record type with
3629  /// a non-trivial destructor, this will return CXXBindTemporaryExpr. Otherwise
3630  /// it simply returns the passed in expression.
3631  ExprResult MaybeBindToTemporary(Expr *E);
3632
3633  bool CompleteConstructorCall(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor,
3634                               MultiExprArg ArgsPtr,
3635                               SourceLocation Loc,
3636                               SmallVectorImpl<Expr*> &ConvertedArgs,
3637                               bool AllowExplicit = false);
3638
3639  ParsedType getDestructorName(SourceLocation TildeLoc,
3640                               IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc,
3641                               Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3642                               ParsedType ObjectType,
3643                               bool EnteringContext);
3644
3645  ParsedType getDestructorType(const DeclSpec& DS, ParsedType ObjectType);
3646
3647  // Checks that reinterpret casts don't have undefined behavior.
3648  void CheckCompatibleReinterpretCast(QualType SrcType, QualType DestType,
3649                                      bool IsDereference, SourceRange Range);
3650
3651  /// ActOnCXXNamedCast - Parse {dynamic,static,reinterpret,const}_cast's.
3652  ExprResult ActOnCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc,
3653                               tok::TokenKind Kind,
3654                               SourceLocation LAngleBracketLoc,
3655                               Declarator &D,
3656                               SourceLocation RAngleBracketLoc,
3657                               SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3658                               Expr *E,
3659                               SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3660
3661  ExprResult BuildCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc,
3662                               tok::TokenKind Kind,
3663                               TypeSourceInfo *Ty,
3664                               Expr *E,
3665                               SourceRange AngleBrackets,
3666                               SourceRange Parens);
3667
3668  ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType,
3669                            SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
3670                            TypeSourceInfo *Operand,
3671                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3672  ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType,
3673                            SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
3674                            Expr *Operand,
3675                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3676
3677  /// ActOnCXXTypeid - Parse typeid( something ).
3678  ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeid(SourceLocation OpLoc,
3679                            SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType,
3680                            void *TyOrExpr,
3681                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3682
3683  ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType,
3684                            SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
3685                            TypeSourceInfo *Operand,
3686                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3687  ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType,
3688                            SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
3689                            Expr *Operand,
3690                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3691
3692  /// ActOnCXXUuidof - Parse __uuidof( something ).
3693  ExprResult ActOnCXXUuidof(SourceLocation OpLoc,
3694                            SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType,
3695                            void *TyOrExpr,
3696                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3697
3698
3699  //// ActOnCXXThis -  Parse 'this' pointer.
3700  ExprResult ActOnCXXThis(SourceLocation loc);
3701
3702  /// \brief Try to retrieve the type of the 'this' pointer.
3703  ///
3704  /// \returns The type of 'this', if possible. Otherwise, returns a NULL type.
3705  QualType getCurrentThisType();
3706
3707  /// \brief When non-NULL, the C++ 'this' expression is allowed despite the
3708  /// current context not being a non-static member function. In such cases,
3709  /// this provides the type used for 'this'.
3710  QualType CXXThisTypeOverride;
3711
3712  /// \brief RAII object used to temporarily allow the C++ 'this' expression
3713  /// to be used, with the given qualifiers on the current class type.
3714  class CXXThisScopeRAII {
3715    Sema &S;
3716    QualType OldCXXThisTypeOverride;
3717    bool Enabled;
3718
3719  public:
3720    /// \brief Introduce a new scope where 'this' may be allowed (when enabled),
3721    /// using the given declaration (which is either a class template or a
3722    /// class) along with the given qualifiers.
3723    /// along with the qualifiers placed on '*this'.
3724    CXXThisScopeRAII(Sema &S, Decl *ContextDecl, unsigned CXXThisTypeQuals,
3725                     bool Enabled = true);
3726
3727    ~CXXThisScopeRAII();
3728  };
3729
3730  /// \brief Make sure the value of 'this' is actually available in the current
3731  /// context, if it is a potentially evaluated context.
3732  ///
3733  /// \param Loc The location at which the capture of 'this' occurs.
3734  ///
3735  /// \param Explicit Whether 'this' is explicitly captured in a lambda
3736  /// capture list.
3737  void CheckCXXThisCapture(SourceLocation Loc, bool Explicit = false);
3738
3739  /// \brief Determine whether the given type is the type of *this that is used
3740  /// outside of the body of a member function for a type that is currently
3741  /// being defined.
3742  bool isThisOutsideMemberFunctionBody(QualType BaseType);
3743
3744  /// ActOnCXXBoolLiteral - Parse {true,false} literals.
3745  ExprResult ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind);
3746
3747
3748  /// ActOnObjCBoolLiteral - Parse {__objc_yes,__objc_no} literals.
3749  ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind);
3750
3751  /// ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral - Parse 'nullptr'.
3752  ExprResult ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral(SourceLocation Loc);
3753
3754  //// ActOnCXXThrow -  Parse throw expressions.
3755  ExprResult ActOnCXXThrow(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *expr);
3756  ExprResult BuildCXXThrow(SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *Ex,
3757                           bool IsThrownVarInScope);
3758  ExprResult CheckCXXThrowOperand(SourceLocation ThrowLoc, Expr *E,
3759                                  bool IsThrownVarInScope);
3760
3761  /// ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr - Parse construction of a specified type.
3762  /// Can be interpreted either as function-style casting ("int(x)")
3763  /// or class type construction ("ClassType(x,y,z)")
3764  /// or creation of a value-initialized type ("int()").
3765  ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr(ParsedType TypeRep,
3766                                       SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3767                                       MultiExprArg Exprs,
3768                                       SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3769
3770  ExprResult BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TypeSourceInfo *Type,
3771                                       SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3772                                       MultiExprArg Exprs,
3773                                       SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3774
3775  /// ActOnCXXNew - Parsed a C++ 'new' expression.
3776  ExprResult ActOnCXXNew(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal,
3777                         SourceLocation PlacementLParen,
3778                         MultiExprArg PlacementArgs,
3779                         SourceLocation PlacementRParen,
3780                         SourceRange TypeIdParens, Declarator &D,
3781                         Expr *Initializer);
3782  ExprResult BuildCXXNew(SourceRange Range, bool UseGlobal,
3783                         SourceLocation PlacementLParen,
3784                         MultiExprArg PlacementArgs,
3785                         SourceLocation PlacementRParen,
3786                         SourceRange TypeIdParens,
3787                         QualType AllocType,
3788                         TypeSourceInfo *AllocTypeInfo,
3789                         Expr *ArraySize,
3790                         SourceRange DirectInitRange,
3791                         Expr *Initializer,
3792                         bool TypeMayContainAuto = true);
3793
3794  bool CheckAllocatedType(QualType AllocType, SourceLocation Loc,
3795                          SourceRange R);
3796  bool FindAllocationFunctions(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range,
3797                               bool UseGlobal, QualType AllocType, bool IsArray,
3798                               Expr **PlaceArgs, unsigned NumPlaceArgs,
3799                               FunctionDecl *&OperatorNew,
3800                               FunctionDecl *&OperatorDelete);
3801  bool FindAllocationOverload(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range,
3802                              DeclarationName Name, Expr** Args,
3803                              unsigned NumArgs, DeclContext *Ctx,
3804                              bool AllowMissing, FunctionDecl *&Operator,
3805                              bool Diagnose = true);
3806  void DeclareGlobalNewDelete();
3807  void DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(DeclarationName Name, QualType Return,
3808                                       QualType Argument,
3809                                       bool addMallocAttr = false);
3810
3811  bool FindDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc, CXXRecordDecl *RD,
3812                                DeclarationName Name, FunctionDecl* &Operator,
3813                                bool Diagnose = true);
3814
3815  /// ActOnCXXDelete - Parsed a C++ 'delete' expression
3816  ExprResult ActOnCXXDelete(SourceLocation StartLoc,
3817                            bool UseGlobal, bool ArrayForm,
3818                            Expr *Operand);
3819
3820  DeclResult ActOnCXXConditionDeclaration(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
3821  ExprResult CheckConditionVariable(VarDecl *ConditionVar,
3822                                    SourceLocation StmtLoc,
3823                                    bool ConvertToBoolean);
3824
3825  ExprResult ActOnNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, SourceLocation LParen,
3826                               Expr *Operand, SourceLocation RParen);
3827  ExprResult BuildCXXNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, Expr *Operand,
3828                                  SourceLocation RParen);
3829
3830  /// ActOnUnaryTypeTrait - Parsed one of the unary type trait support
3831  /// pseudo-functions.
3832  ExprResult ActOnUnaryTypeTrait(UnaryTypeTrait OTT,
3833                                 SourceLocation KWLoc,
3834                                 ParsedType Ty,
3835                                 SourceLocation RParen);
3836
3837  ExprResult BuildUnaryTypeTrait(UnaryTypeTrait OTT,
3838                                 SourceLocation KWLoc,
3839                                 TypeSourceInfo *T,
3840                                 SourceLocation RParen);
3841
3842  /// ActOnBinaryTypeTrait - Parsed one of the bianry type trait support
3843  /// pseudo-functions.
3844  ExprResult ActOnBinaryTypeTrait(BinaryTypeTrait OTT,
3845                                  SourceLocation KWLoc,
3846                                  ParsedType LhsTy,
3847                                  ParsedType RhsTy,
3848                                  SourceLocation RParen);
3849
3850  ExprResult BuildBinaryTypeTrait(BinaryTypeTrait BTT,
3851                                  SourceLocation KWLoc,
3852                                  TypeSourceInfo *LhsT,
3853                                  TypeSourceInfo *RhsT,
3854                                  SourceLocation RParen);
3855
3856  /// \brief Parsed one of the type trait support pseudo-functions.
3857  ExprResult ActOnTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc,
3858                            ArrayRef<ParsedType> Args,
3859                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3860  ExprResult BuildTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc,
3861                            ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Args,
3862                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3863
3864  /// ActOnArrayTypeTrait - Parsed one of the bianry type trait support
3865  /// pseudo-functions.
3866  ExprResult ActOnArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT,
3867                                 SourceLocation KWLoc,
3868                                 ParsedType LhsTy,
3869                                 Expr *DimExpr,
3870                                 SourceLocation RParen);
3871
3872  ExprResult BuildArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT,
3873                                 SourceLocation KWLoc,
3874                                 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
3875                                 Expr *DimExpr,
3876                                 SourceLocation RParen);
3877
3878  /// ActOnExpressionTrait - Parsed one of the unary type trait support
3879  /// pseudo-functions.
3880  ExprResult ActOnExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET,
3881                                  SourceLocation KWLoc,
3882                                  Expr *Queried,
3883                                  SourceLocation RParen);
3884
3885  ExprResult BuildExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET,
3886                                  SourceLocation KWLoc,
3887                                  Expr *Queried,
3888                                  SourceLocation RParen);
3889
3890  ExprResult ActOnStartCXXMemberReference(Scope *S,
3891                                          Expr *Base,
3892                                          SourceLocation OpLoc,
3893                                          tok::TokenKind OpKind,
3894                                          ParsedType &ObjectType,
3895                                          bool &MayBePseudoDestructor);
3896
3897  ExprResult DiagnoseDtorReference(SourceLocation NameLoc, Expr *MemExpr);
3898
3899  ExprResult BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Expr *Base,
3900                                       SourceLocation OpLoc,
3901                                       tok::TokenKind OpKind,
3902                                       const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3903                                       TypeSourceInfo *ScopeType,
3904                                       SourceLocation CCLoc,
3905                                       SourceLocation TildeLoc,
3906                                     PseudoDestructorTypeStorage DestroyedType,
3907                                       bool HasTrailingLParen);
3908
3909  ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
3910                                       SourceLocation OpLoc,
3911                                       tok::TokenKind OpKind,
3912                                       CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3913                                       UnqualifiedId &FirstTypeName,
3914                                       SourceLocation CCLoc,
3915                                       SourceLocation TildeLoc,
3916                                       UnqualifiedId &SecondTypeName,
3917                                       bool HasTrailingLParen);
3918
3919  ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
3920                                       SourceLocation OpLoc,
3921                                       tok::TokenKind OpKind,
3922                                       SourceLocation TildeLoc,
3923                                       const DeclSpec& DS,
3924                                       bool HasTrailingLParen);
3925
3926  /// MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups - If the current full-expression
3927  /// requires any cleanups, surround it with a ExprWithCleanups node.
3928  /// Otherwise, just returns the passed-in expression.
3929  Expr *MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Expr *SubExpr);
3930  Stmt *MaybeCreateStmtWithCleanups(Stmt *SubStmt);
3931  ExprResult MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(ExprResult SubExpr);
3932
3933  ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr) {
3934    return ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr, Expr ? Expr->getExprLoc()
3935                                          : SourceLocation());
3936  }
3937  ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr, SourceLocation CC);
3938  StmtResult ActOnFinishFullStmt(Stmt *Stmt);
3939
3940  // Marks SS invalid if it represents an incomplete type.
3941  bool RequireCompleteDeclContext(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC);
3942
3943  DeclContext *computeDeclContext(QualType T);
3944  DeclContext *computeDeclContext(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3945                                  bool EnteringContext = false);
3946  bool isDependentScopeSpecifier(const CXXScopeSpec &SS);
3947  CXXRecordDecl *getCurrentInstantiationOf(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS);
3948  bool isUnknownSpecialization(const CXXScopeSpec &SS);
3949
3950  /// \brief The parser has parsed a global nested-name-specifier '::'.
3951  ///
3952  /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs.
3953  ///
3954  /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'.
3955  ///
3956  /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which will be updated in-place
3957  /// to reflect the parsed nested-name-specifier.
3958  ///
3959  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
3960  bool ActOnCXXGlobalScopeSpecifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation CCLoc,
3961                                    CXXScopeSpec &SS);
3962
3963  bool isAcceptableNestedNameSpecifier(NamedDecl *SD);
3964  NamedDecl *FindFirstQualifierInScope(Scope *S, NestedNameSpecifier *NNS);
3965
3966  bool isNonTypeNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3967                                    SourceLocation IdLoc,
3968                                    IdentifierInfo &II,
3969                                    ParsedType ObjectType);
3970
3971  bool BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S,
3972                                   IdentifierInfo &Identifier,
3973                                   SourceLocation IdentifierLoc,
3974                                   SourceLocation CCLoc,
3975                                   QualType ObjectType,
3976                                   bool EnteringContext,
3977                                   CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3978                                   NamedDecl *ScopeLookupResult,
3979                                   bool ErrorRecoveryLookup);
3980
3981  /// \brief The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier 'identifier::'.
3982  ///
3983  /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs.
3984  ///
3985  /// \param Identifier The identifier preceding the '::'.
3986  ///
3987  /// \param IdentifierLoc The location of the identifier.
3988  ///
3989  /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'.
3990  ///
3991  /// \param ObjectType The type of the object, if we're parsing
3992  /// nested-name-specifier in a member access expression.
3993  ///
3994  /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context nominated by
3995  /// this nested-name-specifier.
3996  ///
3997  /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input
3998  /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an
3999  /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier,
4000  /// including this new type).
4001  ///
4002  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
4003  bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S,
4004                                   IdentifierInfo &Identifier,
4005                                   SourceLocation IdentifierLoc,
4006                                   SourceLocation CCLoc,
4007                                   ParsedType ObjectType,
4008                                   bool EnteringContext,
4009                                   CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4010
4011  ExprResult ActOnDecltypeExpression(Expr *E);
4012
4013  bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifierDecltype(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4014                                           const DeclSpec &DS,
4015                                           SourceLocation ColonColonLoc);
4016
4017  bool IsInvalidUnlessNestedName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4018                                 IdentifierInfo &Identifier,
4019                                 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc,
4020                                 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
4021                                 ParsedType ObjectType,
4022                                 bool EnteringContext);
4023
4024  /// \brief The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier
4025  /// 'template[opt] template-name < template-args >::'.
4026  ///
4027  /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs.
4028  ///
4029  /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input
4030  /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an
4031  /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier,
4032  /// including this new type).
4033  ///
4034  /// \param TemplateKWLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any.
4035  /// \param TemplateName the template name.
4036  /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name.
4037  /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket  ('<').
4038  /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments.
4039  /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket  ('>').
4040  /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'.
4041  ///
4042  /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context of the
4043  /// nested-name-specifier.
4044  ///
4045  ///
4046  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
4047  bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S,
4048                                   CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4049                                   SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
4050                                   TemplateTy TemplateName,
4051                                   SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc,
4052                                   SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
4053                                   ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
4054                                   SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
4055                                   SourceLocation CCLoc,
4056                                   bool EnteringContext);
4057
4058  /// \brief Given a C++ nested-name-specifier, produce an annotation value
4059  /// that the parser can use later to reconstruct the given
4060  /// nested-name-specifier.
4061  ///
4062  /// \param SS A nested-name-specifier.
4063  ///
4064  /// \returns A pointer containing all of the information in the
4065  /// nested-name-specifier \p SS.
4066  void *SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4067
4068  /// \brief Given an annotation pointer for a nested-name-specifier, restore
4069  /// the nested-name-specifier structure.
4070  ///
4071  /// \param Annotation The annotation pointer, produced by
4072  /// \c SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation().
4073  ///
4074  /// \param AnnotationRange The source range corresponding to the annotation.
4075  ///
4076  /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that will be updated with the contents
4077  /// of the annotation pointer.
4078  void RestoreNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(void *Annotation,
4079                                            SourceRange AnnotationRange,
4080                                            CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4081
4082  bool ShouldEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4083
4084  /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope - Called when a C++ scope specifier (global
4085  /// scope or nested-name-specifier) is parsed, part of a declarator-id.
4086  /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.3p3], names should be
4087  /// looked up in the declarator-id's scope, until the declarator is parsed and
4088  /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope is called.
4089  /// The 'SS' should be a non-empty valid CXXScopeSpec.
4090  bool ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4091
4092  /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope - Called when a declarator that previously
4093  /// invoked ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(), is finished. 'SS' is the same
4094  /// CXXScopeSpec that was passed to ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope as well.
4095  /// Used to indicate that names should revert to being looked up in the
4096  /// defining scope.
4097  void ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4098
4099  /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer - Invoked when we are about to parse an
4100  /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'.
4101  /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.1p13], if 'Dcl' is a
4102  /// static data member of class X, names should be looked up in the scope of
4103  /// class X.
4104  void ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl);
4105
4106  /// ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer - Invoked after we are finished parsing an
4107  /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'.
4108  void ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl);
4109
4110  /// \brief Create a new lambda closure type.
4111  CXXRecordDecl *createLambdaClosureType(SourceRange IntroducerRange,
4112                                         TypeSourceInfo *Info,
4113                                         bool KnownDependent);
4114
4115  /// \brief Start the definition of a lambda expression.
4116  CXXMethodDecl *startLambdaDefinition(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
4117                                       SourceRange IntroducerRange,
4118                                       TypeSourceInfo *MethodType,
4119                                       SourceLocation EndLoc,
4120                                       llvm::ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Params);
4121
4122  /// \brief Introduce the scope for a lambda expression.
4123  sema::LambdaScopeInfo *enterLambdaScope(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator,
4124                                          SourceRange IntroducerRange,
4125                                          LambdaCaptureDefault CaptureDefault,
4126                                          bool ExplicitParams,
4127                                          bool ExplicitResultType,
4128                                          bool Mutable);
4129
4130  /// \brief Note that we have finished the explicit captures for the
4131  /// given lambda.
4132  void finishLambdaExplicitCaptures(sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI);
4133
4134  /// \brief Introduce the lambda parameters into scope.
4135  void addLambdaParameters(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, Scope *CurScope);
4136
4137  /// \brief Deduce a block or lambda's return type based on the return
4138  /// statements present in the body.
4139  void deduceClosureReturnType(sema::CapturingScopeInfo &CSI);
4140
4141  /// ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition - This is called just before we start
4142  /// parsing the body of a lambda; it analyzes the explicit captures and
4143  /// arguments, and sets up various data-structures for the body of the
4144  /// lambda.
4145  void ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition(LambdaIntroducer &Intro,
4146                                    Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope);
4147
4148  /// ActOnLambdaError - If there is an error parsing a lambda, this callback
4149  /// is invoked to pop the information about the lambda.
4150  void ActOnLambdaError(SourceLocation StartLoc, Scope *CurScope,
4151                        bool IsInstantiation = false);
4152
4153  /// ActOnLambdaExpr - This is called when the body of a lambda expression
4154  /// was successfully completed.
4155  ExprResult ActOnLambdaExpr(SourceLocation StartLoc, Stmt *Body,
4156                             Scope *CurScope,
4157                             bool IsInstantiation = false);
4158
4159  /// \brief Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a
4160  /// function pointer.
4161  ///
4162  /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills
4163  /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into
4164  /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the
4165  /// block pointer conversion.
4166  void DefineImplicitLambdaToFunctionPointerConversion(
4167         SourceLocation CurrentLoc, CXXConversionDecl *Conv);
4168
4169  /// \brief Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a
4170  /// block pointer.
4171  ///
4172  /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills
4173  /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into
4174  /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the
4175  /// block pointer conversion.
4176  void DefineImplicitLambdaToBlockPointerConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLoc,
4177                                                    CXXConversionDecl *Conv);
4178
4179  ExprResult BuildBlockForLambdaConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
4180                                           SourceLocation ConvLocation,
4181                                           CXXConversionDecl *Conv,
4182                                           Expr *Src);
4183
4184  // ParseObjCStringLiteral - Parse Objective-C string literals.
4185  ExprResult ParseObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation *AtLocs,
4186                                    Expr **Strings,
4187                                    unsigned NumStrings);
4188
4189  ExprResult BuildObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, StringLiteral *S);
4190
4191  /// BuildObjCNumericLiteral - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the
4192  /// numeric literal expression. Type of the expression will be "NSNumber *"
4193  /// or "id" if NSNumber is unavailable.
4194  ExprResult BuildObjCNumericLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Number);
4195  ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ValueLoc,
4196                                  bool Value);
4197  ExprResult BuildObjCArrayLiteral(SourceRange SR, MultiExprArg Elements);
4198
4199  /// BuildObjCBoxedExpr - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the
4200  /// '@' prefixed parenthesized expression. The type of the expression will
4201  /// either be "NSNumber *" or "NSString *" depending on the type of
4202  /// ValueType, which is allowed to be a built-in numeric type or
4203  /// "char *" or "const char *".
4204  ExprResult BuildObjCBoxedExpr(SourceRange SR, Expr *ValueExpr);
4205
4206  ExprResult BuildObjCSubscriptExpression(SourceLocation RB, Expr *BaseExpr,
4207                                          Expr *IndexExpr,
4208                                          ObjCMethodDecl *getterMethod,
4209                                          ObjCMethodDecl *setterMethod);
4210
4211  ExprResult BuildObjCDictionaryLiteral(SourceRange SR,
4212                                        ObjCDictionaryElement *Elements,
4213                                        unsigned NumElements);
4214
4215  ExprResult BuildObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc,
4216                                  TypeSourceInfo *EncodedTypeInfo,
4217                                  SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4218  ExprResult BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(Expr *Exp, NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
4219                                    CXXConversionDecl *Method,
4220                                    bool HadMultipleCandidates);
4221
4222  ExprResult ParseObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc,
4223                                       SourceLocation EncodeLoc,
4224                                       SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4225                                       ParsedType Ty,
4226                                       SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4227
4228  /// ParseObjCSelectorExpression - Build selector expression for \@selector
4229  ExprResult ParseObjCSelectorExpression(Selector Sel,
4230                                         SourceLocation AtLoc,
4231                                         SourceLocation SelLoc,
4232                                         SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4233                                         SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4234
4235  /// ParseObjCProtocolExpression - Build protocol expression for \@protocol
4236  ExprResult ParseObjCProtocolExpression(IdentifierInfo * ProtocolName,
4237                                         SourceLocation AtLoc,
4238                                         SourceLocation ProtoLoc,
4239                                         SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4240                                         SourceLocation ProtoIdLoc,
4241                                         SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4242
4243  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4244  // C++ Declarations
4245  //
4246  Decl *ActOnStartLinkageSpecification(Scope *S,
4247                                       SourceLocation ExternLoc,
4248                                       SourceLocation LangLoc,
4249                                       StringRef Lang,
4250                                       SourceLocation LBraceLoc);
4251  Decl *ActOnFinishLinkageSpecification(Scope *S,
4252                                        Decl *LinkageSpec,
4253                                        SourceLocation RBraceLoc);
4254
4255
4256  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4257  // C++ Classes
4258  //
4259  bool isCurrentClassName(const IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S,
4260                          const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0);
4261
4262  bool ActOnAccessSpecifier(AccessSpecifier Access,
4263                            SourceLocation ASLoc,
4264                            SourceLocation ColonLoc,
4265                            AttributeList *Attrs = 0);
4266
4267  Decl *ActOnCXXMemberDeclarator(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
4268                                 Declarator &D,
4269                                 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
4270                                 Expr *BitfieldWidth, const VirtSpecifiers &VS,
4271                                 InClassInitStyle InitStyle);
4272  void ActOnCXXInClassMemberInitializer(Decl *VarDecl, SourceLocation EqualLoc,
4273                                        Expr *Init);
4274
4275  MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD,
4276                                    Scope *S,
4277                                    CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4278                                    IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase,
4279                                    ParsedType TemplateTypeTy,
4280                                    const DeclSpec &DS,
4281                                    SourceLocation IdLoc,
4282                                    SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4283                                    Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
4284                                    SourceLocation RParenLoc,
4285                                    SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
4286
4287  MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD,
4288                                    Scope *S,
4289                                    CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4290                                    IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase,
4291                                    ParsedType TemplateTypeTy,
4292                                    const DeclSpec &DS,
4293                                    SourceLocation IdLoc,
4294                                    Expr *InitList,
4295                                    SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
4296
4297  MemInitResult BuildMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD,
4298                                    Scope *S,
4299                                    CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4300                                    IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase,
4301                                    ParsedType TemplateTypeTy,
4302                                    const DeclSpec &DS,
4303                                    SourceLocation IdLoc,
4304                                    Expr *Init,
4305                                    SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
4306
4307  MemInitResult BuildMemberInitializer(ValueDecl *Member,
4308                                       Expr *Init,
4309                                       SourceLocation IdLoc);
4310
4311  MemInitResult BuildBaseInitializer(QualType BaseType,
4312                                     TypeSourceInfo *BaseTInfo,
4313                                     Expr *Init,
4314                                     CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl,
4315                                     SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
4316
4317  MemInitResult BuildDelegatingInitializer(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
4318                                           Expr *Init,
4319                                           CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
4320
4321  bool SetDelegatingInitializer(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor,
4322                                CXXCtorInitializer *Initializer);
4323
4324  bool SetCtorInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor,
4325                           CXXCtorInitializer **Initializers,
4326                           unsigned NumInitializers, bool AnyErrors);
4327
4328  void SetIvarInitializers(ObjCImplementationDecl *ObjCImplementation);
4329
4330
4331  /// MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced - Given a record decl,
4332  /// mark all the non-trivial destructors of its members and bases as
4333  /// referenced.
4334  void MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(SourceLocation Loc,
4335                                              CXXRecordDecl *Record);
4336
4337  /// \brief The list of classes whose vtables have been used within
4338  /// this translation unit, and the source locations at which the
4339  /// first use occurred.
4340  typedef std::pair<CXXRecordDecl*, SourceLocation> VTableUse;
4341
4342  /// \brief The list of vtables that are required but have not yet been
4343  /// materialized.
4344  SmallVector<VTableUse, 16> VTableUses;
4345
4346  /// \brief The set of classes whose vtables have been used within
4347  /// this translation unit, and a bit that will be true if the vtable is
4348  /// required to be emitted (otherwise, it should be emitted only if needed
4349  /// by code generation).
4350  llvm::DenseMap<CXXRecordDecl *, bool> VTablesUsed;
4351
4352  /// \brief Load any externally-stored vtable uses.
4353  void LoadExternalVTableUses();
4354
4355  typedef LazyVector<CXXRecordDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
4356                     &ExternalSemaSource::ReadDynamicClasses, 2, 2>
4357    DynamicClassesType;
4358
4359  /// \brief A list of all of the dynamic classes in this translation
4360  /// unit.
4361  DynamicClassesType DynamicClasses;
4362
4363  /// \brief Note that the vtable for the given class was used at the
4364  /// given location.
4365  void MarkVTableUsed(SourceLocation Loc, CXXRecordDecl *Class,
4366                      bool DefinitionRequired = false);
4367
4368  /// \brief Mark the exception specifications of all virtual member functions
4369  /// in the given class as needed.
4370  void MarkVirtualMemberExceptionSpecsNeeded(SourceLocation Loc,
4371                                             const CXXRecordDecl *RD);
4372
4373  /// MarkVirtualMembersReferenced - Will mark all members of the given
4374  /// CXXRecordDecl referenced.
4375  void MarkVirtualMembersReferenced(SourceLocation Loc,
4376                                    const CXXRecordDecl *RD);
4377
4378  /// \brief Define all of the vtables that have been used in this
4379  /// translation unit and reference any virtual members used by those
4380  /// vtables.
4381  ///
4382  /// \returns true if any work was done, false otherwise.
4383  bool DefineUsedVTables();
4384
4385  void AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
4386
4387  void ActOnMemInitializers(Decl *ConstructorDecl,
4388                            SourceLocation ColonLoc,
4389                            CXXCtorInitializer **MemInits,
4390                            unsigned NumMemInits,
4391                            bool AnyErrors);
4392
4393  void CheckCompletedCXXClass(CXXRecordDecl *Record);
4394  void ActOnFinishCXXMemberSpecification(Scope* S, SourceLocation RLoc,
4395                                         Decl *TagDecl,
4396                                         SourceLocation LBrac,
4397                                         SourceLocation RBrac,
4398                                         AttributeList *AttrList);
4399  void ActOnFinishCXXMemberDecls();
4400
4401  void ActOnReenterTemplateScope(Scope *S, Decl *Template);
4402  void ActOnReenterDeclaratorTemplateScope(Scope *S, DeclaratorDecl *D);
4403  void ActOnStartDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record);
4404  void ActOnStartDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method);
4405  void ActOnDelayedCXXMethodParameter(Scope *S, Decl *Param);
4406  void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record);
4407  void ActOnFinishDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method);
4408  void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberInitializers(Decl *Record);
4409  void MarkAsLateParsedTemplate(FunctionDecl *FD, bool Flag = true);
4410  bool IsInsideALocalClassWithinATemplateFunction();
4411
4412  Decl *ActOnStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc,
4413                                     Expr *AssertExpr,
4414                                     Expr *AssertMessageExpr,
4415                                     SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4416  Decl *BuildStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc,
4417                                     Expr *AssertExpr,
4418                                     StringLiteral *AssertMessageExpr,
4419                                     SourceLocation RParenLoc,
4420                                     bool Failed);
4421
4422  FriendDecl *CheckFriendTypeDecl(SourceLocation LocStart,
4423                                  SourceLocation FriendLoc,
4424                                  TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo);
4425  Decl *ActOnFriendTypeDecl(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS,
4426                            MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams);
4427  Decl *ActOnFriendFunctionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
4428                                MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams);
4429
4430  QualType CheckConstructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R,
4431                                      StorageClass& SC);
4432  void CheckConstructor(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
4433  QualType CheckDestructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R,
4434                                     StorageClass& SC);
4435  bool CheckDestructor(CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor);
4436  void CheckConversionDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType &R,
4437                                 StorageClass& SC);
4438  Decl *ActOnConversionDeclarator(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion);
4439
4440  void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedMethods(CXXRecordDecl *Record);
4441  void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
4442
4443  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4444  // C++ Derived Classes
4445  //
4446
4447  /// ActOnBaseSpecifier - Parsed a base specifier
4448  CXXBaseSpecifier *CheckBaseSpecifier(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
4449                                       SourceRange SpecifierRange,
4450                                       bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access,
4451                                       TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
4452                                       SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
4453
4454  BaseResult ActOnBaseSpecifier(Decl *classdecl,
4455                                SourceRange SpecifierRange,
4456                                bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access,
4457                                ParsedType basetype,
4458                                SourceLocation BaseLoc,
4459                                SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
4460
4461  bool AttachBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Class, CXXBaseSpecifier **Bases,
4462                            unsigned NumBases);
4463  void ActOnBaseSpecifiers(Decl *ClassDecl, CXXBaseSpecifier **Bases,
4464                           unsigned NumBases);
4465
4466  bool IsDerivedFrom(QualType Derived, QualType Base);
4467  bool IsDerivedFrom(QualType Derived, QualType Base, CXXBasePaths &Paths);
4468
4469  // FIXME: I don't like this name.
4470  void BuildBasePathArray(const CXXBasePaths &Paths, CXXCastPath &BasePath);
4471
4472  bool BasePathInvolvesVirtualBase(const CXXCastPath &BasePath);
4473
4474  bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base,
4475                                    SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range,
4476                                    CXXCastPath *BasePath = 0,
4477                                    bool IgnoreAccess = false);
4478  bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base,
4479                                    unsigned InaccessibleBaseID,
4480                                    unsigned AmbigiousBaseConvID,
4481                                    SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range,
4482                                    DeclarationName Name,
4483                                    CXXCastPath *BasePath);
4484
4485  std::string getAmbiguousPathsDisplayString(CXXBasePaths &Paths);
4486
4487  /// CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType - Checks whether the return types are
4488  /// covariant, according to C++ [class.virtual]p5.
4489  bool CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(const CXXMethodDecl *New,
4490                                         const CXXMethodDecl *Old);
4491
4492  /// CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec - Checks whether the exception
4493  /// spec is a subset of base spec.
4494  bool CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(const CXXMethodDecl *New,
4495                                            const CXXMethodDecl *Old);
4496
4497  bool CheckPureMethod(CXXMethodDecl *Method, SourceRange InitRange);
4498
4499  /// CheckOverrideControl - Check C++11 override control semantics.
4500  void CheckOverrideControl(Decl *D);
4501
4502  /// CheckForFunctionMarkedFinal - Checks whether a virtual member function
4503  /// overrides a virtual member function marked 'final', according to
4504  /// C++11 [class.virtual]p4.
4505  bool CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(const CXXMethodDecl *New,
4506                                              const CXXMethodDecl *Old);
4507
4508
4509  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4510  // C++ Access Control
4511  //
4512
4513  enum AccessResult {
4514    AR_accessible,
4515    AR_inaccessible,
4516    AR_dependent,
4517    AR_delayed
4518  };
4519
4520  bool SetMemberAccessSpecifier(NamedDecl *MemberDecl,
4521                                NamedDecl *PrevMemberDecl,
4522                                AccessSpecifier LexicalAS);
4523
4524  AccessResult CheckUnresolvedMemberAccess(UnresolvedMemberExpr *E,
4525                                           DeclAccessPair FoundDecl);
4526  AccessResult CheckUnresolvedLookupAccess(UnresolvedLookupExpr *E,
4527                                           DeclAccessPair FoundDecl);
4528  AccessResult CheckAllocationAccess(SourceLocation OperatorLoc,
4529                                     SourceRange PlacementRange,
4530                                     CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass,
4531                                     DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
4532                                     bool Diagnose = true);
4533  AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc,
4534                                      CXXConstructorDecl *D,
4535                                      const InitializedEntity &Entity,
4536                                      AccessSpecifier Access,
4537                                      bool IsCopyBindingRefToTemp = false);
4538  AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc,
4539                                      CXXConstructorDecl *D,
4540                                      const InitializedEntity &Entity,
4541                                      AccessSpecifier Access,
4542                                      const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag);
4543  AccessResult CheckDestructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc,
4544                                     CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor,
4545                                     const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag,
4546                                     QualType objectType = QualType());
4547  AccessResult CheckFriendAccess(NamedDecl *D);
4548  AccessResult CheckMemberOperatorAccess(SourceLocation Loc,
4549                                         Expr *ObjectExpr,
4550                                         Expr *ArgExpr,
4551                                         DeclAccessPair FoundDecl);
4552  AccessResult CheckAddressOfMemberAccess(Expr *OvlExpr,
4553                                          DeclAccessPair FoundDecl);
4554  AccessResult CheckBaseClassAccess(SourceLocation AccessLoc,
4555                                    QualType Base, QualType Derived,
4556                                    const CXXBasePath &Path,
4557                                    unsigned DiagID,
4558                                    bool ForceCheck = false,
4559                                    bool ForceUnprivileged = false);
4560  void CheckLookupAccess(const LookupResult &R);
4561  bool IsSimplyAccessible(NamedDecl *decl, DeclContext *Ctx);
4562  bool isSpecialMemberAccessibleForDeletion(CXXMethodDecl *decl,
4563                                            AccessSpecifier access,
4564                                            QualType objectType);
4565
4566  void HandleDependentAccessCheck(const DependentDiagnostic &DD,
4567                         const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
4568  void PerformDependentDiagnostics(const DeclContext *Pattern,
4569                        const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
4570
4571  void HandleDelayedAccessCheck(sema::DelayedDiagnostic &DD, Decl *Ctx);
4572
4573  /// \brief When true, access checking violations are treated as SFINAE
4574  /// failures rather than hard errors.
4575  bool AccessCheckingSFINAE;
4576
4577  enum AbstractDiagSelID {
4578    AbstractNone = -1,
4579    AbstractReturnType,
4580    AbstractParamType,
4581    AbstractVariableType,
4582    AbstractFieldType,
4583    AbstractIvarType,
4584    AbstractArrayType
4585  };
4586
4587  bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
4588                              TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser);
4589  template<typename T1>
4590  bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
4591                              unsigned DiagID,
4592                              const T1 &Arg1) {
4593    BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1);
4594    return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
4595  }
4596
4597  template<typename T1, typename T2>
4598  bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
4599                              unsigned DiagID,
4600                              const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) {
4601    BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2);
4602    return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
4603  }
4604
4605  template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3>
4606  bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
4607                              unsigned DiagID,
4608                              const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) {
4609    BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, Arg3);
4610    return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
4611  }
4612
4613  void DiagnoseAbstractType(const CXXRecordDecl *RD);
4614
4615  bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID,
4616                              AbstractDiagSelID SelID = AbstractNone);
4617
4618  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4619  // C++ Overloaded Operators [C++ 13.5]
4620  //
4621
4622  bool CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl);
4623
4624  bool CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl);
4625
4626  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4627  // C++ Templates [C++ 14]
4628  //
4629  void FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R,
4630                                     bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true);
4631  bool hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R,
4632                                     bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true);
4633
4634  void LookupTemplateName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4635                          QualType ObjectType, bool EnteringContext,
4636                          bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization);
4637
4638  TemplateNameKind isTemplateName(Scope *S,
4639                                  CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4640                                  bool hasTemplateKeyword,
4641                                  UnqualifiedId &Name,
4642                                  ParsedType ObjectType,
4643                                  bool EnteringContext,
4644                                  TemplateTy &Template,
4645                                  bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization);
4646
4647  bool DiagnoseUnknownTemplateName(const IdentifierInfo &II,
4648                                   SourceLocation IILoc,
4649                                   Scope *S,
4650                                   const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
4651                                   TemplateTy &SuggestedTemplate,
4652                                   TemplateNameKind &SuggestedKind);
4653
4654  void DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *PrevDecl);
4655  TemplateDecl *AdjustDeclIfTemplate(Decl *&Decl);
4656
4657  Decl *ActOnTypeParameter(Scope *S, bool Typename, bool Ellipsis,
4658                           SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
4659                           SourceLocation KeyLoc,
4660                           IdentifierInfo *ParamName,
4661                           SourceLocation ParamNameLoc,
4662                           unsigned Depth, unsigned Position,
4663                           SourceLocation EqualLoc,
4664                           ParsedType DefaultArg);
4665
4666  QualType CheckNonTypeTemplateParameterType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc);
4667  Decl *ActOnNonTypeTemplateParameter(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
4668                                      unsigned Depth,
4669                                      unsigned Position,
4670                                      SourceLocation EqualLoc,
4671                                      Expr *DefaultArg);
4672  Decl *ActOnTemplateTemplateParameter(Scope *S,
4673                                       SourceLocation TmpLoc,
4674                                       TemplateParameterList *Params,
4675                                       SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
4676                                       IdentifierInfo *ParamName,
4677                                       SourceLocation ParamNameLoc,
4678                                       unsigned Depth,
4679                                       unsigned Position,
4680                                       SourceLocation EqualLoc,
4681                                       ParsedTemplateArgument DefaultArg);
4682
4683  TemplateParameterList *
4684  ActOnTemplateParameterList(unsigned Depth,
4685                             SourceLocation ExportLoc,
4686                             SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
4687                             SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
4688                             Decl **Params, unsigned NumParams,
4689                             SourceLocation RAngleLoc);
4690
4691  /// \brief The context in which we are checking a template parameter
4692  /// list.
4693  enum TemplateParamListContext {
4694    TPC_ClassTemplate,
4695    TPC_FunctionTemplate,
4696    TPC_ClassTemplateMember,
4697    TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate,
4698    TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition,
4699    TPC_TypeAliasTemplate
4700  };
4701
4702  bool CheckTemplateParameterList(TemplateParameterList *NewParams,
4703                                  TemplateParameterList *OldParams,
4704                                  TemplateParamListContext TPC);
4705  TemplateParameterList *
4706  MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(SourceLocation DeclStartLoc,
4707                                          SourceLocation DeclLoc,
4708                                          const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4709                                          TemplateParameterList **ParamLists,
4710                                          unsigned NumParamLists,
4711                                          bool IsFriend,
4712                                          bool &IsExplicitSpecialization,
4713                                          bool &Invalid);
4714
4715  DeclResult CheckClassTemplate(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
4716                                SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4717                                IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
4718                                AttributeList *Attr,
4719                                TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams,
4720                                AccessSpecifier AS,
4721                                SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
4722                                unsigned NumOuterTemplateParamLists,
4723                            TemplateParameterList **OuterTemplateParamLists);
4724
4725  void translateTemplateArguments(const ASTTemplateArgsPtr &In,
4726                                  TemplateArgumentListInfo &Out);
4727
4728  void NoteAllFoundTemplates(TemplateName Name);
4729
4730  QualType CheckTemplateIdType(TemplateName Template,
4731                               SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
4732                              TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs);
4733
4734  TypeResult
4735  ActOnTemplateIdType(CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
4736                      TemplateTy Template, SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
4737                      SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
4738                      ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
4739                      SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
4740                      bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false);
4741
4742  /// \brief Parsed an elaborated-type-specifier that refers to a template-id,
4743  /// such as \c class T::template apply<U>.
4744  TypeResult ActOnTagTemplateIdType(TagUseKind TUK,
4745                                    TypeSpecifierType TagSpec,
4746                                    SourceLocation TagLoc,
4747                                    CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4748                                    SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
4749                                    TemplateTy TemplateD,
4750                                    SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
4751                                    SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
4752                                    ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsIn,
4753                                    SourceLocation RAngleLoc);
4754
4755
4756  ExprResult BuildTemplateIdExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4757                                 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
4758                                 LookupResult &R,
4759                                 bool RequiresADL,
4760                               const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
4761
4762  ExprResult BuildQualifiedTemplateIdExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4763                                          SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
4764                               const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
4765                               const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
4766
4767  TemplateNameKind ActOnDependentTemplateName(Scope *S,
4768                                              CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4769                                              SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
4770                                              UnqualifiedId &Name,
4771                                              ParsedType ObjectType,
4772                                              bool EnteringContext,
4773                                              TemplateTy &Template);
4774
4775  DeclResult
4776  ActOnClassTemplateSpecialization(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
4777                                   SourceLocation KWLoc,
4778                                   SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
4779                                   CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4780                                   TemplateTy Template,
4781                                   SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc,
4782                                   SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
4783                                   ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
4784                                   SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
4785                                   AttributeList *Attr,
4786                                 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists);
4787
4788  Decl *ActOnTemplateDeclarator(Scope *S,
4789                                MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
4790                                Declarator &D);
4791
4792  Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionTemplateDef(Scope *FnBodyScope,
4793                                  MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
4794                                        Declarator &D);
4795
4796  bool
4797  CheckSpecializationInstantiationRedecl(SourceLocation NewLoc,
4798                                         TemplateSpecializationKind NewTSK,
4799                                         NamedDecl *PrevDecl,
4800                                         TemplateSpecializationKind PrevTSK,
4801                                         SourceLocation PrevPtOfInstantiation,
4802                                         bool &SuppressNew);
4803
4804  bool CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD,
4805                    const TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs,
4806                                                    LookupResult &Previous);
4807
4808  bool CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD,
4809                         TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
4810                                           LookupResult &Previous);
4811  bool CheckMemberSpecialization(NamedDecl *Member, LookupResult &Previous);
4812
4813  DeclResult
4814  ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S,
4815                             SourceLocation ExternLoc,
4816                             SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
4817                             unsigned TagSpec,
4818                             SourceLocation KWLoc,
4819                             const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4820                             TemplateTy Template,
4821                             SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc,
4822                             SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
4823                             ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
4824                             SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
4825                             AttributeList *Attr);
4826
4827  DeclResult
4828  ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S,
4829                             SourceLocation ExternLoc,
4830                             SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
4831                             unsigned TagSpec,
4832                             SourceLocation KWLoc,
4833                             CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4834                             IdentifierInfo *Name,
4835                             SourceLocation NameLoc,
4836                             AttributeList *Attr);
4837
4838  DeclResult ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S,
4839                                        SourceLocation ExternLoc,
4840                                        SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
4841                                        Declarator &D);
4842
4843  TemplateArgumentLoc
4844  SubstDefaultTemplateArgumentIfAvailable(TemplateDecl *Template,
4845                                          SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
4846                                          SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
4847                                          Decl *Param,
4848                          SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted);
4849
4850  /// \brief Specifies the context in which a particular template
4851  /// argument is being checked.
4852  enum CheckTemplateArgumentKind {
4853    /// \brief The template argument was specified in the code or was
4854    /// instantiated with some deduced template arguments.
4855    CTAK_Specified,
4856
4857    /// \brief The template argument was deduced via template argument
4858    /// deduction.
4859    CTAK_Deduced,
4860
4861    /// \brief The template argument was deduced from an array bound
4862    /// via template argument deduction.
4863    CTAK_DeducedFromArrayBound
4864  };
4865
4866  bool CheckTemplateArgument(NamedDecl *Param,
4867                             const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg,
4868                             NamedDecl *Template,
4869                             SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
4870                             SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
4871                             unsigned ArgumentPackIndex,
4872                           SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted,
4873                             CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified);
4874
4875  /// \brief Check that the given template arguments can be be provided to
4876  /// the given template, converting the arguments along the way.
4877  ///
4878  /// \param Template The template to which the template arguments are being
4879  /// provided.
4880  ///
4881  /// \param TemplateLoc The location of the template name in the source.
4882  ///
4883  /// \param TemplateArgs The list of template arguments. If the template is
4884  /// a template template parameter, this function may extend the set of
4885  /// template arguments to also include substituted, defaulted template
4886  /// arguments.
4887  ///
4888  /// \param PartialTemplateArgs True if the list of template arguments is
4889  /// intentionally partial, e.g., because we're checking just the initial
4890  /// set of template arguments.
4891  ///
4892  /// \param Converted Will receive the converted, canonicalized template
4893  /// arguments.
4894  ///
4895  ///
4896  /// \param ExpansionIntoFixedList If non-NULL, will be set true to indicate
4897  /// when the template arguments contain a pack expansion that is being
4898  /// expanded into a fixed parameter list.
4899  ///
4900  /// \returns True if an error occurred, false otherwise.
4901  bool CheckTemplateArgumentList(TemplateDecl *Template,
4902                                 SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
4903                                 TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs,
4904                                 bool PartialTemplateArgs,
4905                           SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted,
4906                                 bool *ExpansionIntoFixedList = 0);
4907
4908  bool CheckTemplateTypeArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param,
4909                                 const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg,
4910                           SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted);
4911
4912  bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param,
4913                             TypeSourceInfo *Arg);
4914  ExprResult CheckTemplateArgument(NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param,
4915                                   QualType InstantiatedParamType, Expr *Arg,
4916                                   TemplateArgument &Converted,
4917                               CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified);
4918  bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param,
4919                             const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg,
4920                             unsigned ArgumentPackIndex);
4921
4922  ExprResult
4923  BuildExpressionFromDeclTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg,
4924                                          QualType ParamType,
4925                                          SourceLocation Loc);
4926  ExprResult
4927  BuildExpressionFromIntegralTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg,
4928                                              SourceLocation Loc);
4929
4930  /// \brief Enumeration describing how template parameter lists are compared
4931  /// for equality.
4932  enum TemplateParameterListEqualKind {
4933    /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of two templates
4934    /// that might be redeclarations.
4935    ///
4936    /// \code
4937    /// template<typename T> struct X;
4938    /// template<typename T> struct X;
4939    /// \endcode
4940    TPL_TemplateMatch,
4941
4942    /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of two template
4943    /// template parameters as part of matching the template parameter lists
4944    /// of two templates that might be redeclarations.
4945    ///
4946    /// \code
4947    /// template<template<int I> class TT> struct X;
4948    /// template<template<int Value> class Other> struct X;
4949    /// \endcode
4950    TPL_TemplateTemplateParmMatch,
4951
4952    /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of a template
4953    /// template argument against the template parameter lists of a template
4954    /// template parameter.
4955    ///
4956    /// \code
4957    /// template<template<int Value> class Metafun> struct X;
4958    /// template<int Value> struct integer_c;
4959    /// X<integer_c> xic;
4960    /// \endcode
4961    TPL_TemplateTemplateArgumentMatch
4962  };
4963
4964  bool TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(TemplateParameterList *New,
4965                                      TemplateParameterList *Old,
4966                                      bool Complain,
4967                                      TemplateParameterListEqualKind Kind,
4968                                      SourceLocation TemplateArgLoc
4969                                        = SourceLocation());
4970
4971  bool CheckTemplateDeclScope(Scope *S, TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams);
4972
4973  /// \brief Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename
4974  /// specifier, e.g., "typename T::type".
4975  ///
4976  /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs.
4977  /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword
4978  /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::').
4979  /// \param II the identifier we're retrieving (e.g., 'type' in the example).
4980  /// \param IdLoc the location of the identifier.
4981  TypeResult
4982  ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc,
4983                    const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const IdentifierInfo &II,
4984                    SourceLocation IdLoc);
4985
4986  /// \brief Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename
4987  /// specifier that ends in a template-id, e.g.,
4988  /// "typename MetaFun::template apply<T1, T2>".
4989  ///
4990  /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs.
4991  /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword
4992  /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::').
4993  /// \param TemplateLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any.
4994  /// \param TemplateName The template name.
4995  /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name.
4996  /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket  ('<').
4997  /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments.
4998  /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket  ('>').
4999  TypeResult
5000  ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc,
5001                    const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5002                    SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5003                    TemplateTy TemplateName,
5004                    SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc,
5005                    SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
5006                    ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
5007                    SourceLocation RAngleLoc);
5008
5009  QualType CheckTypenameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
5010                             SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
5011                             NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc,
5012                             const IdentifierInfo &II,
5013                             SourceLocation IILoc);
5014
5015  TypeSourceInfo *RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TypeSourceInfo *T,
5016                                                    SourceLocation Loc,
5017                                                    DeclarationName Name);
5018  bool RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(CXXScopeSpec &SS);
5019
5020  ExprResult RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(Expr *E);
5021  bool RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(
5022                                                TemplateParameterList *Params);
5023
5024  std::string
5025  getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params,
5026                                  const TemplateArgumentList &Args);
5027
5028  std::string
5029  getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params,
5030                                  const TemplateArgument *Args,
5031                                  unsigned NumArgs);
5032
5033  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5034  // C++ Variadic Templates (C++0x [temp.variadic])
5035  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5036
5037  /// \brief The context in which an unexpanded parameter pack is
5038  /// being diagnosed.
5039  ///
5040  /// Note that the values of this enumeration line up with the first
5041  /// argument to the \c err_unexpanded_parameter_pack diagnostic.
5042  enum UnexpandedParameterPackContext {
5043    /// \brief An arbitrary expression.
5044    UPPC_Expression = 0,
5045
5046    /// \brief The base type of a class type.
5047    UPPC_BaseType,
5048
5049    /// \brief The type of an arbitrary declaration.
5050    UPPC_DeclarationType,
5051
5052    /// \brief The type of a data member.
5053    UPPC_DataMemberType,
5054
5055    /// \brief The size of a bit-field.
5056    UPPC_BitFieldWidth,
5057
5058    /// \brief The expression in a static assertion.
5059    UPPC_StaticAssertExpression,
5060
5061    /// \brief The fixed underlying type of an enumeration.
5062    UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType,
5063
5064    /// \brief The enumerator value.
5065    UPPC_EnumeratorValue,
5066
5067    /// \brief A using declaration.
5068    UPPC_UsingDeclaration,
5069
5070    /// \brief A friend declaration.
5071    UPPC_FriendDeclaration,
5072
5073    /// \brief A declaration qualifier.
5074    UPPC_DeclarationQualifier,
5075
5076    /// \brief An initializer.
5077    UPPC_Initializer,
5078
5079    /// \brief A default argument.
5080    UPPC_DefaultArgument,
5081
5082    /// \brief The type of a non-type template parameter.
5083    UPPC_NonTypeTemplateParameterType,
5084
5085    /// \brief The type of an exception.
5086    UPPC_ExceptionType,
5087
5088    /// \brief Partial specialization.
5089    UPPC_PartialSpecialization,
5090
5091    /// \brief Microsoft __if_exists.
5092    UPPC_IfExists,
5093
5094    /// \brief Microsoft __if_not_exists.
5095    UPPC_IfNotExists,
5096
5097    /// \brief Lambda expression.
5098    UPPC_Lambda,
5099
5100    /// \brief Block expression,
5101    UPPC_Block
5102};
5103
5104  /// \brief Diagnose unexpanded parameter packs.
5105  ///
5106  /// \param Loc The location at which we should emit the diagnostic.
5107  ///
5108  /// \param UPPC The context in which we are diagnosing unexpanded
5109  /// parameter packs.
5110  ///
5111  /// \param Unexpanded the set of unexpanded parameter packs.
5112  ///
5113  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5114  bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPacks(SourceLocation Loc,
5115                                        UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC,
5116                                  ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded);
5117
5118  /// \brief If the given type contains an unexpanded parameter pack,
5119  /// diagnose the error.
5120  ///
5121  /// \param Loc The source location where a diagnostc should be emitted.
5122  ///
5123  /// \param T The type that is being checked for unexpanded parameter
5124  /// packs.
5125  ///
5126  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5127  bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc, TypeSourceInfo *T,
5128                                       UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
5129
5130  /// \brief If the given expression contains an unexpanded parameter
5131  /// pack, diagnose the error.
5132  ///
5133  /// \param E The expression that is being checked for unexpanded
5134  /// parameter packs.
5135  ///
5136  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5137  bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Expr *E,
5138                       UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC = UPPC_Expression);
5139
5140  /// \brief If the given nested-name-specifier contains an unexpanded
5141  /// parameter pack, diagnose the error.
5142  ///
5143  /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that is being checked for
5144  /// unexpanded parameter packs.
5145  ///
5146  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5147  bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5148                                       UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
5149
5150  /// \brief If the given name contains an unexpanded parameter pack,
5151  /// diagnose the error.
5152  ///
5153  /// \param NameInfo The name (with source location information) that
5154  /// is being checked for unexpanded parameter packs.
5155  ///
5156  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5157  bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
5158                                       UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
5159
5160  /// \brief If the given template name contains an unexpanded parameter pack,
5161  /// diagnose the error.
5162  ///
5163  /// \param Loc The location of the template name.
5164  ///
5165  /// \param Template The template name that is being checked for unexpanded
5166  /// parameter packs.
5167  ///
5168  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5169  bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc,
5170                                       TemplateName Template,
5171                                       UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
5172
5173  /// \brief If the given template argument contains an unexpanded parameter
5174  /// pack, diagnose the error.
5175  ///
5176  /// \param Arg The template argument that is being checked for unexpanded
5177  /// parameter packs.
5178  ///
5179  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5180  bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg,
5181                                       UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
5182
5183  /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
5184  /// template argument.
5185  ///
5186  /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find
5187  /// unexpanded parameter packs.
5188  void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgument Arg,
5189                   SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
5190
5191  /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
5192  /// template argument.
5193  ///
5194  /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find
5195  /// unexpanded parameter packs.
5196  void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg,
5197                    SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
5198
5199  /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
5200  /// type.
5201  ///
5202  /// \param T The type that will be traversed to find
5203  /// unexpanded parameter packs.
5204  void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(QualType T,
5205                   SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
5206
5207  /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
5208  /// type.
5209  ///
5210  /// \param TL The type that will be traversed to find
5211  /// unexpanded parameter packs.
5212  void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TypeLoc TL,
5213                   SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
5214
5215  /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
5216  /// nested-name-specifier.
5217  ///
5218  /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that will be traversed to find
5219  /// unexpanded parameter packs.
5220  void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5221                         SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
5222
5223  /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
5224  /// name.
5225  ///
5226  /// \param NameInfo The name that will be traversed to find
5227  /// unexpanded parameter packs.
5228  void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
5229                         SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
5230
5231  /// \brief Invoked when parsing a template argument followed by an
5232  /// ellipsis, which creates a pack expansion.
5233  ///
5234  /// \param Arg The template argument preceding the ellipsis, which
5235  /// may already be invalid.
5236  ///
5237  /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis.
5238  ParsedTemplateArgument ActOnPackExpansion(const ParsedTemplateArgument &Arg,
5239                                            SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
5240
5241  /// \brief Invoked when parsing a type followed by an ellipsis, which
5242  /// creates a pack expansion.
5243  ///
5244  /// \param Type The type preceding the ellipsis, which will become
5245  /// the pattern of the pack expansion.
5246  ///
5247  /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis.
5248  TypeResult ActOnPackExpansion(ParsedType Type, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
5249
5250  /// \brief Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack
5251  /// expansion.
5252  TypeSourceInfo *CheckPackExpansion(TypeSourceInfo *Pattern,
5253                                     SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
5254                                     llvm::Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions);
5255
5256  /// \brief Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack
5257  /// expansion.
5258  QualType CheckPackExpansion(QualType Pattern,
5259                              SourceRange PatternRange,
5260                              SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
5261                              llvm::Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions);
5262
5263  /// \brief Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which
5264  /// creates a pack expansion.
5265  ///
5266  /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become
5267  /// the pattern of the pack expansion.
5268  ///
5269  /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis.
5270  ExprResult ActOnPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
5271
5272  /// \brief Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which
5273  /// creates a pack expansion.
5274  ///
5275  /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become
5276  /// the pattern of the pack expansion.
5277  ///
5278  /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis.
5279  ExprResult CheckPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
5280                                llvm::Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions);
5281
5282  /// \brief Determine whether we could expand a pack expansion with the
5283  /// given set of parameter packs into separate arguments by repeatedly
5284  /// transforming the pattern.
5285  ///
5286  /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis that identifies the
5287  /// pack expansion.
5288  ///
5289  /// \param PatternRange The source range that covers the entire pattern of
5290  /// the pack expansion.
5291  ///
5292  /// \param Unexpanded The set of unexpanded parameter packs within the
5293  /// pattern.
5294  ///
5295  /// \param ShouldExpand Will be set to \c true if the transformer should
5296  /// expand the corresponding pack expansions into separate arguments. When
5297  /// set, \c NumExpansions must also be set.
5298  ///
5299  /// \param RetainExpansion Whether the caller should add an unexpanded
5300  /// pack expansion after all of the expanded arguments. This is used
5301  /// when extending explicitly-specified template argument packs per
5302  /// C++0x [temp.arg.explicit]p9.
5303  ///
5304  /// \param NumExpansions The number of separate arguments that will be in
5305  /// the expanded form of the corresponding pack expansion. This is both an
5306  /// input and an output parameter, which can be set by the caller if the
5307  /// number of expansions is known a priori (e.g., due to a prior substitution)
5308  /// and will be set by the callee when the number of expansions is known.
5309  /// The callee must set this value when \c ShouldExpand is \c true; it may
5310  /// set this value in other cases.
5311  ///
5312  /// \returns true if an error occurred (e.g., because the parameter packs
5313  /// are to be instantiated with arguments of different lengths), false
5314  /// otherwise. If false, \c ShouldExpand (and possibly \c NumExpansions)
5315  /// must be set.
5316  bool CheckParameterPacksForExpansion(SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
5317                                       SourceRange PatternRange,
5318                             llvm::ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded,
5319                             const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
5320                                       bool &ShouldExpand,
5321                                       bool &RetainExpansion,
5322                                       llvm::Optional<unsigned> &NumExpansions);
5323
5324  /// \brief Determine the number of arguments in the given pack expansion
5325  /// type.
5326  ///
5327  /// This routine assumes that the number of arguments in the expansion is
5328  /// consistent across all of the unexpanded parameter packs in its pattern.
5329  ///
5330  /// Returns an empty Optional if the type can't be expanded.
5331  llvm::Optional<unsigned> getNumArgumentsInExpansion(QualType T,
5332                            const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
5333
5334  /// \brief Determine whether the given declarator contains any unexpanded
5335  /// parameter packs.
5336  ///
5337  /// This routine is used by the parser to disambiguate function declarators
5338  /// with an ellipsis prior to the ')', e.g.,
5339  ///
5340  /// \code
5341  ///   void f(T...);
5342  /// \endcode
5343  ///
5344  /// To determine whether we have an (unnamed) function parameter pack or
5345  /// a variadic function.
5346  ///
5347  /// \returns true if the declarator contains any unexpanded parameter packs,
5348  /// false otherwise.
5349  bool containsUnexpandedParameterPacks(Declarator &D);
5350
5351  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5352  // C++ Template Argument Deduction (C++ [temp.deduct])
5353  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5354
5355  /// \brief Describes the result of template argument deduction.
5356  ///
5357  /// The TemplateDeductionResult enumeration describes the result of
5358  /// template argument deduction, as returned from
5359  /// DeduceTemplateArguments(). The separate TemplateDeductionInfo
5360  /// structure provides additional information about the results of
5361  /// template argument deduction, e.g., the deduced template argument
5362  /// list (if successful) or the specific template parameters or
5363  /// deduced arguments that were involved in the failure.
5364  enum TemplateDeductionResult {
5365    /// \brief Template argument deduction was successful.
5366    TDK_Success = 0,
5367    /// \brief The declaration was invalid; do nothing.
5368    TDK_Invalid,
5369    /// \brief Template argument deduction exceeded the maximum template
5370    /// instantiation depth (which has already been diagnosed).
5371    TDK_InstantiationDepth,
5372    /// \brief Template argument deduction did not deduce a value
5373    /// for every template parameter.
5374    TDK_Incomplete,
5375    /// \brief Template argument deduction produced inconsistent
5376    /// deduced values for the given template parameter.
5377    TDK_Inconsistent,
5378    /// \brief Template argument deduction failed due to inconsistent
5379    /// cv-qualifiers on a template parameter type that would
5380    /// otherwise be deduced, e.g., we tried to deduce T in "const T"
5381    /// but were given a non-const "X".
5382    TDK_Underqualified,
5383    /// \brief Substitution of the deduced template argument values
5384    /// resulted in an error.
5385    TDK_SubstitutionFailure,
5386    /// \brief Substitution of the deduced template argument values
5387    /// into a non-deduced context produced a type or value that
5388    /// produces a type that does not match the original template
5389    /// arguments provided.
5390    TDK_NonDeducedMismatch,
5391    /// \brief When performing template argument deduction for a function
5392    /// template, there were too many call arguments.
5393    TDK_TooManyArguments,
5394    /// \brief When performing template argument deduction for a function
5395    /// template, there were too few call arguments.
5396    TDK_TooFewArguments,
5397    /// \brief The explicitly-specified template arguments were not valid
5398    /// template arguments for the given template.
5399    TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments,
5400    /// \brief The arguments included an overloaded function name that could
5401    /// not be resolved to a suitable function.
5402    TDK_FailedOverloadResolution
5403  };
5404
5405  TemplateDeductionResult
5406  DeduceTemplateArguments(ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial,
5407                          const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
5408                          sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
5409
5410  TemplateDeductionResult
5411  SubstituteExplicitTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
5412                              TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs,
5413                      SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced,
5414                                 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes,
5415                                      QualType *FunctionType,
5416                                      sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
5417
5418  /// brief A function argument from which we performed template argument
5419  // deduction for a call.
5420  struct OriginalCallArg {
5421    OriginalCallArg(QualType OriginalParamType,
5422                    unsigned ArgIdx,
5423                    QualType OriginalArgType)
5424      : OriginalParamType(OriginalParamType), ArgIdx(ArgIdx),
5425        OriginalArgType(OriginalArgType) { }
5426
5427    QualType OriginalParamType;
5428    unsigned ArgIdx;
5429    QualType OriginalArgType;
5430  };
5431
5432  TemplateDeductionResult
5433  FinishTemplateArgumentDeduction(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
5434                      SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced,
5435                                  unsigned NumExplicitlySpecified,
5436                                  FunctionDecl *&Specialization,
5437                                  sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info,
5438           SmallVectorImpl<OriginalCallArg> const *OriginalCallArgs = 0);
5439
5440  TemplateDeductionResult
5441  DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
5442                          TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
5443                          llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
5444                          FunctionDecl *&Specialization,
5445                          sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
5446
5447  TemplateDeductionResult
5448  DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
5449                          TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
5450                          QualType ArgFunctionType,
5451                          FunctionDecl *&Specialization,
5452                          sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
5453
5454  TemplateDeductionResult
5455  DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
5456                          QualType ToType,
5457                          CXXConversionDecl *&Specialization,
5458                          sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
5459
5460  TemplateDeductionResult
5461  DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
5462                          TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
5463                          FunctionDecl *&Specialization,
5464                          sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
5465
5466  /// \brief Result type of DeduceAutoType.
5467  enum DeduceAutoResult {
5468    DAR_Succeeded,
5469    DAR_Failed,
5470    DAR_FailedAlreadyDiagnosed
5471  };
5472
5473  DeduceAutoResult DeduceAutoType(TypeSourceInfo *AutoType, Expr *&Initializer,
5474                                  TypeSourceInfo *&Result);
5475  void DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VarDecl *VDecl, Expr *Init);
5476
5477  FunctionTemplateDecl *getMoreSpecializedTemplate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FT1,
5478                                                   FunctionTemplateDecl *FT2,
5479                                                   SourceLocation Loc,
5480                                           TemplatePartialOrderingContext TPOC,
5481                                                   unsigned NumCallArguments);
5482  UnresolvedSetIterator getMostSpecialized(UnresolvedSetIterator SBegin,
5483                                           UnresolvedSetIterator SEnd,
5484                                           TemplatePartialOrderingContext TPOC,
5485                                           unsigned NumCallArguments,
5486                                           SourceLocation Loc,
5487                                           const PartialDiagnostic &NoneDiag,
5488                                           const PartialDiagnostic &AmbigDiag,
5489                                        const PartialDiagnostic &CandidateDiag,
5490                                        bool Complain = true,
5491                                        QualType TargetType = QualType());
5492
5493  ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *
5494  getMoreSpecializedPartialSpecialization(
5495                                  ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS1,
5496                                  ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS2,
5497                                  SourceLocation Loc);
5498
5499  void MarkUsedTemplateParameters(const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
5500                                  bool OnlyDeduced,
5501                                  unsigned Depth,
5502                                  llvm::SmallBitVector &Used);
5503  void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
5504                                     llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced) {
5505    return MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(Context, FunctionTemplate, Deduced);
5506  }
5507  static void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(ASTContext &Ctx,
5508                                         FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
5509                                         llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced);
5510
5511  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5512  // C++ Template Instantiation
5513  //
5514
5515  MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList getTemplateInstantiationArgs(NamedDecl *D,
5516                                     const TemplateArgumentList *Innermost = 0,
5517                                                bool RelativeToPrimary = false,
5518                                               const FunctionDecl *Pattern = 0);
5519
5520  /// \brief A template instantiation that is currently in progress.
5521  struct ActiveTemplateInstantiation {
5522    /// \brief The kind of template instantiation we are performing
5523    enum InstantiationKind {
5524      /// We are instantiating a template declaration. The entity is
5525      /// the declaration we're instantiating (e.g., a CXXRecordDecl).
5526      TemplateInstantiation,
5527
5528      /// We are instantiating a default argument for a template
5529      /// parameter. The Entity is the template, and
5530      /// TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArguments provides the template
5531      /// arguments as specified.
5532      /// FIXME: Use a TemplateArgumentList
5533      DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation,
5534
5535      /// We are instantiating a default argument for a function.
5536      /// The Entity is the ParmVarDecl, and TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArgs
5537      /// provides the template arguments as specified.
5538      DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation,
5539
5540      /// We are substituting explicit template arguments provided for
5541      /// a function template. The entity is a FunctionTemplateDecl.
5542      ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution,
5543
5544      /// We are substituting template argument determined as part of
5545      /// template argument deduction for either a class template
5546      /// partial specialization or a function template. The
5547      /// Entity is either a ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl or
5548      /// a FunctionTemplateDecl.
5549      DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution,
5550
5551      /// We are substituting prior template arguments into a new
5552      /// template parameter. The template parameter itself is either a
5553      /// NonTypeTemplateParmDecl or a TemplateTemplateParmDecl.
5554      PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution,
5555
5556      /// We are checking the validity of a default template argument that
5557      /// has been used when naming a template-id.
5558      DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking,
5559
5560      /// We are instantiating the exception specification for a function
5561      /// template which was deferred until it was needed.
5562      ExceptionSpecInstantiation
5563    } Kind;
5564
5565    /// \brief The point of instantiation within the source code.
5566    SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation;
5567
5568    /// \brief The template (or partial specialization) in which we are
5569    /// performing the instantiation, for substitutions of prior template
5570    /// arguments.
5571    NamedDecl *Template;
5572
5573    /// \brief The entity that is being instantiated.
5574    Decl *Entity;
5575
5576    /// \brief The list of template arguments we are substituting, if they
5577    /// are not part of the entity.
5578    const TemplateArgument *TemplateArgs;
5579
5580    /// \brief The number of template arguments in TemplateArgs.
5581    unsigned NumTemplateArgs;
5582
5583    /// \brief The template deduction info object associated with the
5584    /// substitution or checking of explicit or deduced template arguments.
5585    sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *DeductionInfo;
5586
5587    /// \brief The source range that covers the construct that cause
5588    /// the instantiation, e.g., the template-id that causes a class
5589    /// template instantiation.
5590    SourceRange InstantiationRange;
5591
5592    ActiveTemplateInstantiation()
5593      : Kind(TemplateInstantiation), Template(0), Entity(0), TemplateArgs(0),
5594        NumTemplateArgs(0), DeductionInfo(0) {}
5595
5596    /// \brief Determines whether this template is an actual instantiation
5597    /// that should be counted toward the maximum instantiation depth.
5598    bool isInstantiationRecord() const;
5599
5600    friend bool operator==(const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &X,
5601                           const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &Y) {
5602      if (X.Kind != Y.Kind)
5603        return false;
5604
5605      if (X.Entity != Y.Entity)
5606        return false;
5607
5608      switch (X.Kind) {
5609      case TemplateInstantiation:
5610      case ExceptionSpecInstantiation:
5611        return true;
5612
5613      case PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution:
5614      case DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking:
5615        if (X.Template != Y.Template)
5616          return false;
5617
5618        // Fall through
5619
5620      case DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation:
5621      case ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution:
5622      case DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution:
5623      case DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation:
5624        return X.TemplateArgs == Y.TemplateArgs;
5625
5626      }
5627
5628      llvm_unreachable("Invalid InstantiationKind!");
5629    }
5630
5631    friend bool operator!=(const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &X,
5632                           const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &Y) {
5633      return !(X == Y);
5634    }
5635  };
5636
5637  /// \brief List of active template instantiations.
5638  ///
5639  /// This vector is treated as a stack. As one template instantiation
5640  /// requires another template instantiation, additional
5641  /// instantiations are pushed onto the stack up to a
5642  /// user-configurable limit LangOptions::InstantiationDepth.
5643  SmallVector<ActiveTemplateInstantiation, 16>
5644    ActiveTemplateInstantiations;
5645
5646  /// \brief Whether we are in a SFINAE context that is not associated with
5647  /// template instantiation.
5648  ///
5649  /// This is used when setting up a SFINAE trap (\c see SFINAETrap) outside
5650  /// of a template instantiation or template argument deduction.
5651  bool InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext;
5652
5653  /// \brief The number of ActiveTemplateInstantiation entries in
5654  /// \c ActiveTemplateInstantiations that are not actual instantiations and,
5655  /// therefore, should not be counted as part of the instantiation depth.
5656  unsigned NonInstantiationEntries;
5657
5658  /// \brief The last template from which a template instantiation
5659  /// error or warning was produced.
5660  ///
5661  /// This value is used to suppress printing of redundant template
5662  /// instantiation backtraces when there are multiple errors in the
5663  /// same instantiation. FIXME: Does this belong in Sema? It's tough
5664  /// to implement it anywhere else.
5665  ActiveTemplateInstantiation LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext;
5666
5667  /// \brief The current index into pack expansion arguments that will be
5668  /// used for substitution of parameter packs.
5669  ///
5670  /// The pack expansion index will be -1 to indicate that parameter packs
5671  /// should be instantiated as themselves. Otherwise, the index specifies
5672  /// which argument within the parameter pack will be used for substitution.
5673  int ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex;
5674
5675  /// \brief RAII object used to change the argument pack substitution index
5676  /// within a \c Sema object.
5677  ///
5678  /// See \c ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex for more information.
5679  class ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII {
5680    Sema &Self;
5681    int OldSubstitutionIndex;
5682
5683  public:
5684    ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII(Sema &Self, int NewSubstitutionIndex)
5685      : Self(Self), OldSubstitutionIndex(Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex) {
5686      Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = NewSubstitutionIndex;
5687    }
5688
5689    ~ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII() {
5690      Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = OldSubstitutionIndex;
5691    }
5692  };
5693
5694  friend class ArgumentPackSubstitutionRAII;
5695
5696  /// \brief The stack of calls expression undergoing template instantiation.
5697  ///
5698  /// The top of this stack is used by a fixit instantiating unresolved
5699  /// function calls to fix the AST to match the textual change it prints.
5700  SmallVector<CallExpr *, 8> CallsUndergoingInstantiation;
5701
5702  /// \brief For each declaration that involved template argument deduction, the
5703  /// set of diagnostics that were suppressed during that template argument
5704  /// deduction.
5705  ///
5706  /// FIXME: Serialize this structure to the AST file.
5707  llvm::DenseMap<Decl *, SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 1> >
5708    SuppressedDiagnostics;
5709
5710  /// \brief A stack object to be created when performing template
5711  /// instantiation.
5712  ///
5713  /// Construction of an object of type \c InstantiatingTemplate
5714  /// pushes the current instantiation onto the stack of active
5715  /// instantiations. If the size of this stack exceeds the maximum
5716  /// number of recursive template instantiations, construction
5717  /// produces an error and evaluates true.
5718  ///
5719  /// Destruction of this object will pop the named instantiation off
5720  /// the stack.
5721  struct InstantiatingTemplate {
5722    /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a class template,
5723    /// function template, or a member thereof.
5724    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
5725                          Decl *Entity,
5726                          SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
5727
5728    struct ExceptionSpecification {};
5729    /// \brief Note that we are instantiating an exception specification
5730    /// of a function template.
5731    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
5732                          FunctionDecl *Entity, ExceptionSpecification,
5733                          SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
5734
5735    /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument in a
5736    /// template-id.
5737    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
5738                          TemplateDecl *Template,
5739                          ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
5740                          SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
5741
5742    /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument in a
5743    /// template-id.
5744    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
5745                          FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
5746                          ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
5747                          ActiveTemplateInstantiation::InstantiationKind Kind,
5748                          sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo,
5749                          SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
5750
5751    /// \brief Note that we are instantiating as part of template
5752    /// argument deduction for a class template partial
5753    /// specialization.
5754    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
5755                          ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PartialSpec,
5756                          ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
5757                          sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo,
5758                          SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
5759
5760    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
5761                          ParmVarDecl *Param,
5762                          ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
5763                          SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
5764
5765    /// \brief Note that we are substituting prior template arguments into a
5766    /// non-type or template template parameter.
5767    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
5768                          NamedDecl *Template,
5769                          NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param,
5770                          ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
5771                          SourceRange InstantiationRange);
5772
5773    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
5774                          NamedDecl *Template,
5775                          TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param,
5776                          ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
5777                          SourceRange InstantiationRange);
5778
5779    /// \brief Note that we are checking the default template argument
5780    /// against the template parameter for a given template-id.
5781    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
5782                          TemplateDecl *Template,
5783                          NamedDecl *Param,
5784                          ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
5785                          SourceRange InstantiationRange);
5786
5787
5788    /// \brief Note that we have finished instantiating this template.
5789    void Clear();
5790
5791    ~InstantiatingTemplate() { Clear(); }
5792
5793    /// \brief Determines whether we have exceeded the maximum
5794    /// recursive template instantiations.
5795    operator bool() const { return Invalid; }
5796
5797  private:
5798    Sema &SemaRef;
5799    bool Invalid;
5800    bool SavedInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext;
5801    bool CheckInstantiationDepth(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
5802                                 SourceRange InstantiationRange);
5803
5804    InstantiatingTemplate(const InstantiatingTemplate&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
5805
5806    InstantiatingTemplate&
5807    operator=(const InstantiatingTemplate&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
5808  };
5809
5810  void PrintInstantiationStack();
5811
5812  /// \brief Determines whether we are currently in a context where
5813  /// template argument substitution failures are not considered
5814  /// errors.
5815  ///
5816  /// \returns An empty \c llvm::Optional if we're not in a SFINAE context.
5817  /// Otherwise, contains a pointer that, if non-NULL, contains the nearest
5818  /// template-deduction context object, which can be used to capture
5819  /// diagnostics that will be suppressed.
5820  llvm::Optional<sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *> isSFINAEContext() const;
5821
5822  /// \brief Determines whether we are currently in a context that
5823  /// is not evaluated as per C++ [expr] p5.
5824  bool isUnevaluatedContext() const {
5825    assert(!ExprEvalContexts.empty() &&
5826           "Must be in an expression evaluation context");
5827    return ExprEvalContexts.back().Context == Sema::Unevaluated;
5828  }
5829
5830  /// \brief RAII class used to determine whether SFINAE has
5831  /// trapped any errors that occur during template argument
5832  /// deduction.`
5833  class SFINAETrap {
5834    Sema &SemaRef;
5835    unsigned PrevSFINAEErrors;
5836    bool PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext;
5837    bool PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE;
5838
5839  public:
5840    explicit SFINAETrap(Sema &SemaRef, bool AccessCheckingSFINAE = false)
5841      : SemaRef(SemaRef), PrevSFINAEErrors(SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors),
5842        PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext(
5843                                      SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext),
5844        PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE(SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE)
5845    {
5846      if (!SemaRef.isSFINAEContext())
5847        SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext = true;
5848      SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = AccessCheckingSFINAE;
5849    }
5850
5851    ~SFINAETrap() {
5852      SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors = PrevSFINAEErrors;
5853      SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext
5854        = PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext;
5855      SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE;
5856    }
5857
5858    /// \brief Determine whether any SFINAE errors have been trapped.
5859    bool hasErrorOccurred() const {
5860      return SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors > PrevSFINAEErrors;
5861    }
5862  };
5863
5864  /// \brief The current instantiation scope used to store local
5865  /// variables.
5866  LocalInstantiationScope *CurrentInstantiationScope;
5867
5868  /// \brief The number of typos corrected by CorrectTypo.
5869  unsigned TyposCorrected;
5870
5871  typedef llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, TypoCorrection>
5872    UnqualifiedTyposCorrectedMap;
5873
5874  /// \brief A cache containing the results of typo correction for unqualified
5875  /// name lookup.
5876  ///
5877  /// The string is the string that we corrected to (which may be empty, if
5878  /// there was no correction), while the boolean will be true when the
5879  /// string represents a keyword.
5880  UnqualifiedTyposCorrectedMap UnqualifiedTyposCorrected;
5881
5882  /// \brief Worker object for performing CFG-based warnings.
5883  sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings AnalysisWarnings;
5884
5885  /// \brief An entity for which implicit template instantiation is required.
5886  ///
5887  /// The source location associated with the declaration is the first place in
5888  /// the source code where the declaration was "used". It is not necessarily
5889  /// the point of instantiation (which will be either before or after the
5890  /// namespace-scope declaration that triggered this implicit instantiation),
5891  /// However, it is the location that diagnostics should generally refer to,
5892  /// because users will need to know what code triggered the instantiation.
5893  typedef std::pair<ValueDecl *, SourceLocation> PendingImplicitInstantiation;
5894
5895  /// \brief The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required
5896  /// but have not yet been performed.
5897  std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingInstantiations;
5898
5899  /// \brief The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required
5900  /// and must be performed within the current local scope.
5901  ///
5902  /// This queue is only used for member functions of local classes in
5903  /// templates, which must be instantiated in the same scope as their
5904  /// enclosing function, so that they can reference function-local
5905  /// types, static variables, enumerators, etc.
5906  std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations;
5907
5908  void PerformPendingInstantiations(bool LocalOnly = false);
5909
5910  TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeSourceInfo *T,
5911                            const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
5912                            SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
5913
5914  QualType SubstType(QualType T,
5915                     const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
5916                     SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
5917
5918  TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeLoc TL,
5919                            const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
5920                            SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
5921
5922  TypeSourceInfo *SubstFunctionDeclType(TypeSourceInfo *T,
5923                            const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
5924                                        SourceLocation Loc,
5925                                        DeclarationName Entity,
5926                                        CXXRecordDecl *ThisContext,
5927                                        unsigned ThisTypeQuals);
5928  ParmVarDecl *SubstParmVarDecl(ParmVarDecl *D,
5929                            const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
5930                                int indexAdjustment,
5931                                llvm::Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions,
5932                                bool ExpectParameterPack);
5933  bool SubstParmTypes(SourceLocation Loc,
5934                      ParmVarDecl **Params, unsigned NumParams,
5935                      const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
5936                      SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes,
5937                      SmallVectorImpl<ParmVarDecl *> *OutParams = 0);
5938  ExprResult SubstExpr(Expr *E,
5939                       const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
5940
5941  /// \brief Substitute the given template arguments into a list of
5942  /// expressions, expanding pack expansions if required.
5943  ///
5944  /// \param Exprs The list of expressions to substitute into.
5945  ///
5946  /// \param NumExprs The number of expressions in \p Exprs.
5947  ///
5948  /// \param IsCall Whether this is some form of call, in which case
5949  /// default arguments will be dropped.
5950  ///
5951  /// \param TemplateArgs The set of template arguments to substitute.
5952  ///
5953  /// \param Outputs Will receive all of the substituted arguments.
5954  ///
5955  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5956  bool SubstExprs(Expr **Exprs, unsigned NumExprs, bool IsCall,
5957                  const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
5958                  SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &Outputs);
5959
5960  StmtResult SubstStmt(Stmt *S,
5961                       const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
5962
5963  Decl *SubstDecl(Decl *D, DeclContext *Owner,
5964                  const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
5965
5966  ExprResult SubstInitializer(Expr *E,
5967                       const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
5968                       bool CXXDirectInit);
5969
5970  bool
5971  SubstBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation,
5972                      CXXRecordDecl *Pattern,
5973                      const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
5974
5975  bool
5976  InstantiateClass(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
5977                   CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, CXXRecordDecl *Pattern,
5978                   const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
5979                   TemplateSpecializationKind TSK,
5980                   bool Complain = true);
5981
5982  bool InstantiateEnum(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
5983                       EnumDecl *Instantiation, EnumDecl *Pattern,
5984                       const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
5985                       TemplateSpecializationKind TSK);
5986
5987  struct LateInstantiatedAttribute {
5988    const Attr *TmplAttr;
5989    LocalInstantiationScope *Scope;
5990    Decl *NewDecl;
5991
5992    LateInstantiatedAttribute(const Attr *A, LocalInstantiationScope *S,
5993                              Decl *D)
5994      : TmplAttr(A), Scope(S), NewDecl(D)
5995    { }
5996  };
5997  typedef SmallVector<LateInstantiatedAttribute, 16> LateInstantiatedAttrVec;
5998
5999  void InstantiateAttrs(const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6000                        const Decl *Pattern, Decl *Inst,
6001                        LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs = 0,
6002                        LocalInstantiationScope *OuterMostScope = 0);
6003
6004  bool
6005  InstantiateClassTemplateSpecialization(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6006                           ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec,
6007                           TemplateSpecializationKind TSK,
6008                           bool Complain = true);
6009
6010  void InstantiateClassMembers(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6011                               CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation,
6012                            const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6013                               TemplateSpecializationKind TSK);
6014
6015  void InstantiateClassTemplateSpecializationMembers(
6016                                          SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6017                           ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec,
6018                                                TemplateSpecializationKind TSK);
6019
6020  NestedNameSpecifierLoc
6021  SubstNestedNameSpecifierLoc(NestedNameSpecifierLoc NNS,
6022                           const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6023
6024  DeclarationNameInfo
6025  SubstDeclarationNameInfo(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
6026                           const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6027  TemplateName
6028  SubstTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, TemplateName Name,
6029                    SourceLocation Loc,
6030                    const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6031  bool Subst(const TemplateArgumentLoc *Args, unsigned NumArgs,
6032             TemplateArgumentListInfo &Result,
6033             const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6034
6035  void InstantiateExceptionSpec(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6036                                FunctionDecl *Function);
6037  void InstantiateFunctionDefinition(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6038                                     FunctionDecl *Function,
6039                                     bool Recursive = false,
6040                                     bool DefinitionRequired = false);
6041  void InstantiateStaticDataMemberDefinition(
6042                                     SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6043                                     VarDecl *Var,
6044                                     bool Recursive = false,
6045                                     bool DefinitionRequired = false);
6046
6047  void InstantiateMemInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *New,
6048                                  const CXXConstructorDecl *Tmpl,
6049                            const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6050
6051  NamedDecl *FindInstantiatedDecl(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D,
6052                          const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6053  DeclContext *FindInstantiatedContext(SourceLocation Loc, DeclContext *DC,
6054                          const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6055
6056  // Objective-C declarations.
6057  enum ObjCContainerKind {
6058    OCK_None = -1,
6059    OCK_Interface = 0,
6060    OCK_Protocol,
6061    OCK_Category,
6062    OCK_ClassExtension,
6063    OCK_Implementation,
6064    OCK_CategoryImplementation
6065  };
6066  ObjCContainerKind getObjCContainerKind() const;
6067
6068  Decl *ActOnStartClassInterface(SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc,
6069                                 IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
6070                                 SourceLocation ClassLoc,
6071                                 IdentifierInfo *SuperName,
6072                                 SourceLocation SuperLoc,
6073                                 Decl * const *ProtoRefs,
6074                                 unsigned NumProtoRefs,
6075                                 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs,
6076                                 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc,
6077                                 AttributeList *AttrList);
6078
6079  Decl *ActOnCompatibilityAlias(
6080                    SourceLocation AtCompatibilityAliasLoc,
6081                    IdentifierInfo *AliasName,  SourceLocation AliasLocation,
6082                    IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLocation);
6083
6084  bool CheckForwardProtocolDeclarationForCircularDependency(
6085    IdentifierInfo *PName,
6086    SourceLocation &PLoc, SourceLocation PrevLoc,
6087    const ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl> &PList);
6088
6089  Decl *ActOnStartProtocolInterface(
6090                    SourceLocation AtProtoInterfaceLoc,
6091                    IdentifierInfo *ProtocolName, SourceLocation ProtocolLoc,
6092                    Decl * const *ProtoRefNames, unsigned NumProtoRefs,
6093                    const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs,
6094                    SourceLocation EndProtoLoc,
6095                    AttributeList *AttrList);
6096
6097  Decl *ActOnStartCategoryInterface(SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc,
6098                                    IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
6099                                    SourceLocation ClassLoc,
6100                                    IdentifierInfo *CategoryName,
6101                                    SourceLocation CategoryLoc,
6102                                    Decl * const *ProtoRefs,
6103                                    unsigned NumProtoRefs,
6104                                    const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs,
6105                                    SourceLocation EndProtoLoc);
6106
6107  Decl *ActOnStartClassImplementation(
6108                    SourceLocation AtClassImplLoc,
6109                    IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLoc,
6110                    IdentifierInfo *SuperClassname,
6111                    SourceLocation SuperClassLoc);
6112
6113  Decl *ActOnStartCategoryImplementation(SourceLocation AtCatImplLoc,
6114                                         IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
6115                                         SourceLocation ClassLoc,
6116                                         IdentifierInfo *CatName,
6117                                         SourceLocation CatLoc);
6118
6119  DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnFinishObjCImplementation(Decl *ObjCImpDecl,
6120                                               ArrayRef<Decl *> Decls);
6121
6122  DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardClassDeclaration(SourceLocation Loc,
6123                                     IdentifierInfo **IdentList,
6124                                     SourceLocation *IdentLocs,
6125                                     unsigned NumElts);
6126
6127  DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardProtocolDeclaration(SourceLocation AtProtoclLoc,
6128                                        const IdentifierLocPair *IdentList,
6129                                        unsigned NumElts,
6130                                        AttributeList *attrList);
6131
6132  void FindProtocolDeclaration(bool WarnOnDeclarations,
6133                               const IdentifierLocPair *ProtocolId,
6134                               unsigned NumProtocols,
6135                               SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Protocols);
6136
6137  /// Ensure attributes are consistent with type.
6138  /// \param [in, out] Attributes The attributes to check; they will
6139  /// be modified to be consistent with \p PropertyTy.
6140  void CheckObjCPropertyAttributes(Decl *PropertyPtrTy,
6141                                   SourceLocation Loc,
6142                                   unsigned &Attributes,
6143                                   bool propertyInPrimaryClass);
6144
6145  /// Process the specified property declaration and create decls for the
6146  /// setters and getters as needed.
6147  /// \param property The property declaration being processed
6148  /// \param CD The semantic container for the property
6149  /// \param redeclaredProperty Declaration for property if redeclared
6150  ///        in class extension.
6151  /// \param lexicalDC Container for redeclaredProperty.
6152  void ProcessPropertyDecl(ObjCPropertyDecl *property,
6153                           ObjCContainerDecl *CD,
6154                           ObjCPropertyDecl *redeclaredProperty = 0,
6155                           ObjCContainerDecl *lexicalDC = 0);
6156
6157
6158  void DiagnosePropertyMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *Property,
6159                                ObjCPropertyDecl *SuperProperty,
6160                                const IdentifierInfo *Name);
6161  void ComparePropertiesInBaseAndSuper(ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl);
6162
6163
6164  void CompareProperties(Decl *CDecl, Decl *MergeProtocols);
6165
6166  void DiagnoseClassExtensionDupMethods(ObjCCategoryDecl *CAT,
6167                                        ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID);
6168
6169  void MatchOneProtocolPropertiesInClass(Decl *CDecl,
6170                                         ObjCProtocolDecl *PDecl);
6171
6172  Decl *ActOnAtEnd(Scope *S, SourceRange AtEnd,
6173                   Decl **allMethods = 0, unsigned allNum = 0,
6174                   Decl **allProperties = 0, unsigned pNum = 0,
6175                   DeclGroupPtrTy *allTUVars = 0, unsigned tuvNum = 0);
6176
6177  Decl *ActOnProperty(Scope *S, SourceLocation AtLoc,
6178                      SourceLocation LParenLoc,
6179                      FieldDeclarator &FD, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS,
6180                      Selector GetterSel, Selector SetterSel,
6181                      bool *OverridingProperty,
6182                      tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind,
6183                      DeclContext *lexicalDC = 0);
6184
6185  Decl *ActOnPropertyImplDecl(Scope *S,
6186                              SourceLocation AtLoc,
6187                              SourceLocation PropertyLoc,
6188                              bool ImplKind,
6189                              IdentifierInfo *PropertyId,
6190                              IdentifierInfo *PropertyIvar,
6191                              SourceLocation PropertyIvarLoc);
6192
6193  enum ObjCSpecialMethodKind {
6194    OSMK_None,
6195    OSMK_Alloc,
6196    OSMK_New,
6197    OSMK_Copy,
6198    OSMK_RetainingInit,
6199    OSMK_NonRetainingInit
6200  };
6201
6202  struct ObjCArgInfo {
6203    IdentifierInfo *Name;
6204    SourceLocation NameLoc;
6205    // The Type is null if no type was specified, and the DeclSpec is invalid
6206    // in this case.
6207    ParsedType Type;
6208    ObjCDeclSpec DeclSpec;
6209
6210    /// ArgAttrs - Attribute list for this argument.
6211    AttributeList *ArgAttrs;
6212  };
6213
6214  Decl *ActOnMethodDeclaration(
6215    Scope *S,
6216    SourceLocation BeginLoc, // location of the + or -.
6217    SourceLocation EndLoc,   // location of the ; or {.
6218    tok::TokenKind MethodType,
6219    ObjCDeclSpec &ReturnQT, ParsedType ReturnType,
6220    ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, Selector Sel,
6221    // optional arguments. The number of types/arguments is obtained
6222    // from the Sel.getNumArgs().
6223    ObjCArgInfo *ArgInfo,
6224    DeclaratorChunk::ParamInfo *CParamInfo, unsigned CNumArgs, // c-style args
6225    AttributeList *AttrList, tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind,
6226    bool isVariadic, bool MethodDefinition);
6227
6228  ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInQualifiedType(Selector Sel,
6229                                              const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT,
6230                                              bool IsInstance);
6231  ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInObjectType(Selector Sel, QualType Ty,
6232                                           bool IsInstance);
6233
6234  bool inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl);
6235
6236  ExprResult
6237  HandleExprPropertyRefExpr(const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT,
6238                            Expr *BaseExpr,
6239                            SourceLocation OpLoc,
6240                            DeclarationName MemberName,
6241                            SourceLocation MemberLoc,
6242                            SourceLocation SuperLoc, QualType SuperType,
6243                            bool Super);
6244
6245  ExprResult
6246  ActOnClassPropertyRefExpr(IdentifierInfo &receiverName,
6247                            IdentifierInfo &propertyName,
6248                            SourceLocation receiverNameLoc,
6249                            SourceLocation propertyNameLoc);
6250
6251  ObjCMethodDecl *tryCaptureObjCSelf(SourceLocation Loc);
6252
6253  /// \brief Describes the kind of message expression indicated by a message
6254  /// send that starts with an identifier.
6255  enum ObjCMessageKind {
6256    /// \brief The message is sent to 'super'.
6257    ObjCSuperMessage,
6258    /// \brief The message is an instance message.
6259    ObjCInstanceMessage,
6260    /// \brief The message is a class message, and the identifier is a type
6261    /// name.
6262    ObjCClassMessage
6263  };
6264
6265  ObjCMessageKind getObjCMessageKind(Scope *S,
6266                                     IdentifierInfo *Name,
6267                                     SourceLocation NameLoc,
6268                                     bool IsSuper,
6269                                     bool HasTrailingDot,
6270                                     ParsedType &ReceiverType);
6271
6272  ExprResult ActOnSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc,
6273                               Selector Sel,
6274                               SourceLocation LBracLoc,
6275                               ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
6276                               SourceLocation RBracLoc,
6277                               MultiExprArg Args);
6278
6279  ExprResult BuildClassMessage(TypeSourceInfo *ReceiverTypeInfo,
6280                               QualType ReceiverType,
6281                               SourceLocation SuperLoc,
6282                               Selector Sel,
6283                               ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
6284                               SourceLocation LBracLoc,
6285                               ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
6286                               SourceLocation RBracLoc,
6287                               MultiExprArg Args,
6288                               bool isImplicit = false);
6289
6290  ExprResult BuildClassMessageImplicit(QualType ReceiverType,
6291                                       bool isSuperReceiver,
6292                                       SourceLocation Loc,
6293                                       Selector Sel,
6294                                       ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
6295                                       MultiExprArg Args);
6296
6297  ExprResult ActOnClassMessage(Scope *S,
6298                               ParsedType Receiver,
6299                               Selector Sel,
6300                               SourceLocation LBracLoc,
6301                               ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
6302                               SourceLocation RBracLoc,
6303                               MultiExprArg Args);
6304
6305  ExprResult BuildInstanceMessage(Expr *Receiver,
6306                                  QualType ReceiverType,
6307                                  SourceLocation SuperLoc,
6308                                  Selector Sel,
6309                                  ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
6310                                  SourceLocation LBracLoc,
6311                                  ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
6312                                  SourceLocation RBracLoc,
6313                                  MultiExprArg Args,
6314                                  bool isImplicit = false);
6315
6316  ExprResult BuildInstanceMessageImplicit(Expr *Receiver,
6317                                          QualType ReceiverType,
6318                                          SourceLocation Loc,
6319                                          Selector Sel,
6320                                          ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
6321                                          MultiExprArg Args);
6322
6323  ExprResult ActOnInstanceMessage(Scope *S,
6324                                  Expr *Receiver,
6325                                  Selector Sel,
6326                                  SourceLocation LBracLoc,
6327                                  ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
6328                                  SourceLocation RBracLoc,
6329                                  MultiExprArg Args);
6330
6331  ExprResult BuildObjCBridgedCast(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
6332                                  ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind,
6333                                  SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc,
6334                                  TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
6335                                  Expr *SubExpr);
6336
6337  ExprResult ActOnObjCBridgedCast(Scope *S,
6338                                  SourceLocation LParenLoc,
6339                                  ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind,
6340                                  SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc,
6341                                  ParsedType Type,
6342                                  SourceLocation RParenLoc,
6343                                  Expr *SubExpr);
6344
6345  bool checkInitMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *method, QualType receiverTypeIfCall);
6346
6347  /// \brief Check whether the given new method is a valid override of the
6348  /// given overridden method, and set any properties that should be inherited.
6349  void CheckObjCMethodOverride(ObjCMethodDecl *NewMethod,
6350                               const ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden,
6351                               bool IsImplementation);
6352
6353  /// \brief Describes the compatibility of a result type with its method.
6354  enum ResultTypeCompatibilityKind {
6355    RTC_Compatible,
6356    RTC_Incompatible,
6357    RTC_Unknown
6358  };
6359
6360  void CheckObjCMethodOverrides(ObjCMethodDecl *ObjCMethod,
6361                                ObjCInterfaceDecl *CurrentClass,
6362                                ResultTypeCompatibilityKind RTC);
6363
6364  enum PragmaOptionsAlignKind {
6365    POAK_Native,  // #pragma options align=native
6366    POAK_Natural, // #pragma options align=natural
6367    POAK_Packed,  // #pragma options align=packed
6368    POAK_Power,   // #pragma options align=power
6369    POAK_Mac68k,  // #pragma options align=mac68k
6370    POAK_Reset    // #pragma options align=reset
6371  };
6372
6373  /// ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign - Called on well formed \#pragma options align.
6374  void ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign(PragmaOptionsAlignKind Kind,
6375                               SourceLocation PragmaLoc);
6376
6377  enum PragmaPackKind {
6378    PPK_Default, // #pragma pack([n])
6379    PPK_Show,    // #pragma pack(show), only supported by MSVC.
6380    PPK_Push,    // #pragma pack(push, [identifier], [n])
6381    PPK_Pop      // #pragma pack(pop, [identifier], [n])
6382  };
6383
6384  enum PragmaMSStructKind {
6385    PMSST_OFF,  // #pragms ms_struct off
6386    PMSST_ON    // #pragms ms_struct on
6387  };
6388
6389  /// ActOnPragmaPack - Called on well formed \#pragma pack(...).
6390  void ActOnPragmaPack(PragmaPackKind Kind,
6391                       IdentifierInfo *Name,
6392                       Expr *Alignment,
6393                       SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
6394                       SourceLocation LParenLoc,
6395                       SourceLocation RParenLoc);
6396
6397  /// ActOnPragmaMSStruct - Called on well formed \#pragma ms_struct [on|off].
6398  void ActOnPragmaMSStruct(PragmaMSStructKind Kind);
6399
6400  /// ActOnPragmaUnused - Called on well-formed '\#pragma unused'.
6401  void ActOnPragmaUnused(const Token &Identifier,
6402                         Scope *curScope,
6403                         SourceLocation PragmaLoc);
6404
6405  /// ActOnPragmaVisibility - Called on well formed \#pragma GCC visibility... .
6406  void ActOnPragmaVisibility(const IdentifierInfo* VisType,
6407                             SourceLocation PragmaLoc);
6408
6409  NamedDecl *DeclClonePragmaWeak(NamedDecl *ND, IdentifierInfo *II,
6410                                 SourceLocation Loc);
6411  void DeclApplyPragmaWeak(Scope *S, NamedDecl *ND, WeakInfo &W);
6412
6413  /// ActOnPragmaWeakID - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident.
6414  void ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* WeakName,
6415                         SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
6416                         SourceLocation WeakNameLoc);
6417
6418  /// ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname - Called on well formed
6419  /// \#pragma redefine_extname oldname newname.
6420  void ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* WeakName,
6421                                  IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
6422                                  SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
6423                                  SourceLocation WeakNameLoc,
6424                                  SourceLocation AliasNameLoc);
6425
6426  /// ActOnPragmaWeakAlias - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident = ident.
6427  void ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* WeakName,
6428                            IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
6429                            SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
6430                            SourceLocation WeakNameLoc,
6431                            SourceLocation AliasNameLoc);
6432
6433  /// ActOnPragmaFPContract - Called on well formed
6434  /// \#pragma {STDC,OPENCL} FP_CONTRACT
6435  void ActOnPragmaFPContract(tok::OnOffSwitch OOS);
6436
6437  /// AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord - Adds any needed alignment attributes to
6438  /// a the record decl, to handle '\#pragma pack' and '\#pragma options align'.
6439  void AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RecordDecl *RD);
6440
6441  /// AddMsStructLayoutForRecord - Adds ms_struct layout attribute to record.
6442  void AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RecordDecl *RD);
6443
6444  /// FreePackedContext - Deallocate and null out PackContext.
6445  void FreePackedContext();
6446
6447  /// PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr - Note that we've entered a
6448  /// namespace with a visibility attribute.
6449  void PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr(const VisibilityAttr *Attr,
6450                                   SourceLocation Loc);
6451
6452  /// AddPushedVisibilityAttribute - If '\#pragma GCC visibility' was used,
6453  /// add an appropriate visibility attribute.
6454  void AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Decl *RD);
6455
6456  /// PopPragmaVisibility - Pop the top element of the visibility stack; used
6457  /// for '\#pragma GCC visibility' and visibility attributes on namespaces.
6458  void PopPragmaVisibility(bool IsNamespaceEnd, SourceLocation EndLoc);
6459
6460  /// FreeVisContext - Deallocate and null out VisContext.
6461  void FreeVisContext();
6462
6463  /// AddCFAuditedAttribute - Check whether we're currently within
6464  /// '\#pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited' and, if so, consider adding
6465  /// the appropriate attribute.
6466  void AddCFAuditedAttribute(Decl *D);
6467
6468  /// AddAlignedAttr - Adds an aligned attribute to a particular declaration.
6469  void AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, Expr *E,
6470                      bool isDeclSpec);
6471  void AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, TypeSourceInfo *T,
6472                      bool isDeclSpec);
6473
6474  /// \brief The kind of conversion being performed.
6475  enum CheckedConversionKind {
6476    /// \brief An implicit conversion.
6477    CCK_ImplicitConversion,
6478    /// \brief A C-style cast.
6479    CCK_CStyleCast,
6480    /// \brief A functional-style cast.
6481    CCK_FunctionalCast,
6482    /// \brief A cast other than a C-style cast.
6483    CCK_OtherCast
6484  };
6485
6486  /// ImpCastExprToType - If Expr is not of type 'Type', insert an implicit
6487  /// cast.  If there is already an implicit cast, merge into the existing one.
6488  /// If isLvalue, the result of the cast is an lvalue.
6489  ExprResult ImpCastExprToType(Expr *E, QualType Type, CastKind CK,
6490                               ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue,
6491                               const CXXCastPath *BasePath = 0,
6492                               CheckedConversionKind CCK
6493                                  = CCK_ImplicitConversion);
6494
6495  /// ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind - Returns the cast kind corresponding
6496  /// to the conversion from scalar type ScalarTy to the Boolean type.
6497  static CastKind ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind(QualType ScalarTy);
6498
6499  /// IgnoredValueConversions - Given that an expression's result is
6500  /// syntactically ignored, perform any conversions that are
6501  /// required.
6502  ExprResult IgnoredValueConversions(Expr *E);
6503
6504  // UsualUnaryConversions - promotes integers (C99 6.3.1.1p2) and converts
6505  // functions and arrays to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1).
6506  ExprResult UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *E);
6507
6508  // DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - converts functions and arrays
6509  // to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1).
6510  ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *E);
6511
6512  // DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion - converts functions and
6513  // arrays to their respective pointers and performs the
6514  // lvalue-to-rvalue conversion.
6515  ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Expr *E);
6516
6517  // DefaultLvalueConversion - performs lvalue-to-rvalue conversion on
6518  // the operand.  This is DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion,
6519  // except that it assumes the operand isn't of function or array
6520  // type.
6521  ExprResult DefaultLvalueConversion(Expr *E);
6522
6523  // DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that
6524  // do not have a prototype. Integer promotions are performed on each
6525  // argument, and arguments that have type float are promoted to double.
6526  ExprResult DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *E);
6527
6528  // Used for emitting the right warning by DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion
6529  enum VariadicCallType {
6530    VariadicFunction,
6531    VariadicBlock,
6532    VariadicMethod,
6533    VariadicConstructor,
6534    VariadicDoesNotApply
6535  };
6536
6537  VariadicCallType getVariadicCallType(FunctionDecl *FDecl,
6538                                       const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
6539                                       Expr *Fn);
6540
6541  // Used for determining in which context a type is allowed to be passed to a
6542  // vararg function.
6543  enum VarArgKind {
6544    VAK_Valid,
6545    VAK_ValidInCXX11,
6546    VAK_Invalid
6547  };
6548
6549  // Determines which VarArgKind fits an expression.
6550  VarArgKind isValidVarArgType(const QualType &Ty);
6551
6552  /// GatherArgumentsForCall - Collector argument expressions for various
6553  /// form of call prototypes.
6554  bool GatherArgumentsForCall(SourceLocation CallLoc,
6555                              FunctionDecl *FDecl,
6556                              const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
6557                              unsigned FirstProtoArg,
6558                              Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
6559                              SmallVector<Expr *, 8> &AllArgs,
6560                              VariadicCallType CallType = VariadicDoesNotApply,
6561                              bool AllowExplicit = false);
6562
6563  // DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but
6564  // will create a runtime trap if the resulting type is not a POD type.
6565  ExprResult DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT,
6566                                              FunctionDecl *FDecl);
6567
6568  /// Checks to see if the given expression is a valid argument to a variadic
6569  /// function, issuing a diagnostic and returning NULL if not.
6570  bool variadicArgumentPODCheck(const Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT);
6571
6572  // UsualArithmeticConversions - performs the UsualUnaryConversions on it's
6573  // operands and then handles various conversions that are common to binary
6574  // operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this
6575  // routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is
6576  // responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics.
6577  QualType UsualArithmeticConversions(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
6578                                      bool IsCompAssign = false);
6579
6580  /// AssignConvertType - All of the 'assignment' semantic checks return this
6581  /// enum to indicate whether the assignment was allowed.  These checks are
6582  /// done for simple assignments, as well as initialization, return from
6583  /// function, argument passing, etc.  The query is phrased in terms of a
6584  /// source and destination type.
6585  enum AssignConvertType {
6586    /// Compatible - the types are compatible according to the standard.
6587    Compatible,
6588
6589    /// PointerToInt - The assignment converts a pointer to an int, which we
6590    /// accept as an extension.
6591    PointerToInt,
6592
6593    /// IntToPointer - The assignment converts an int to a pointer, which we
6594    /// accept as an extension.
6595    IntToPointer,
6596
6597    /// FunctionVoidPointer - The assignment is between a function pointer and
6598    /// void*, which the standard doesn't allow, but we accept as an extension.
6599    FunctionVoidPointer,
6600
6601    /// IncompatiblePointer - The assignment is between two pointers types that
6602    /// are not compatible, but we accept them as an extension.
6603    IncompatiblePointer,
6604
6605    /// IncompatiblePointer - The assignment is between two pointers types which
6606    /// point to integers which have a different sign, but are otherwise
6607    /// identical. This is a subset of the above, but broken out because it's by
6608    /// far the most common case of incompatible pointers.
6609    IncompatiblePointerSign,
6610
6611    /// CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment discards
6612    /// c/v/r qualifiers, which we accept as an extension.
6613    CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers,
6614
6615    /// IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment
6616    /// discards qualifiers that we don't permit to be discarded,
6617    /// like address spaces.
6618    IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers,
6619
6620    /// IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers - The assignment is between two
6621    /// nested pointer types, and the qualifiers other than the first two
6622    /// levels differ e.g. char ** -> const char **, but we accept them as an
6623    /// extension.
6624    IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers,
6625
6626    /// IncompatibleVectors - The assignment is between two vector types that
6627    /// have the same size, which we accept as an extension.
6628    IncompatibleVectors,
6629
6630    /// IntToBlockPointer - The assignment converts an int to a block
6631    /// pointer. We disallow this.
6632    IntToBlockPointer,
6633
6634    /// IncompatibleBlockPointer - The assignment is between two block
6635    /// pointers types that are not compatible.
6636    IncompatibleBlockPointer,
6637
6638    /// IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId - The assignment is between a qualified
6639    /// id type and something else (that is incompatible with it). For example,
6640    /// "id <XXX>" = "Foo *", where "Foo *" doesn't implement the XXX protocol.
6641    IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId,
6642
6643    /// IncompatibleObjCWeakRef - Assigning a weak-unavailable object to an
6644    /// object with __weak qualifier.
6645    IncompatibleObjCWeakRef,
6646
6647    /// Incompatible - We reject this conversion outright, it is invalid to
6648    /// represent it in the AST.
6649    Incompatible
6650  };
6651
6652  /// DiagnoseAssignmentResult - Emit a diagnostic, if required, for the
6653  /// assignment conversion type specified by ConvTy.  This returns true if the
6654  /// conversion was invalid or false if the conversion was accepted.
6655  bool DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy,
6656                                SourceLocation Loc,
6657                                QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
6658                                Expr *SrcExpr, AssignmentAction Action,
6659                                bool *Complained = 0);
6660
6661  /// DiagnoseAssignmentEnum - Warn if assignment to enum is a constant
6662  /// integer not in the range of enum values.
6663  void DiagnoseAssignmentEnum(QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
6664                              Expr *SrcExpr);
6665
6666  /// CheckAssignmentConstraints - Perform type checking for assignment,
6667  /// argument passing, variable initialization, and function return values.
6668  /// C99 6.5.16.
6669  AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(SourceLocation Loc,
6670                                               QualType LHSType,
6671                                               QualType RHSType);
6672
6673  /// Check assignment constraints and prepare for a conversion of the
6674  /// RHS to the LHS type.
6675  AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType,
6676                                               ExprResult &RHS,
6677                                               CastKind &Kind);
6678
6679  // CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints - Currently used by
6680  // CheckAssignmentOperands, and ActOnReturnStmt. Prior to type checking,
6681  // this routine performs the default function/array converions.
6682  AssignConvertType CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType,
6683                                                     ExprResult &RHS,
6684                                                     bool Diagnose = true);
6685
6686  // \brief If the lhs type is a transparent union, check whether we
6687  // can initialize the transparent union with the given expression.
6688  AssignConvertType CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType,
6689                                                             ExprResult &RHS);
6690
6691  bool IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType);
6692
6693  bool CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(Expr *From, QualType ToType);
6694
6695  ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
6696                                       AssignmentAction Action,
6697                                       bool AllowExplicit = false);
6698  ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
6699                                       AssignmentAction Action,
6700                                       bool AllowExplicit,
6701                                       ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS);
6702  ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
6703                                       const ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS,
6704                                       AssignmentAction Action,
6705                                       CheckedConversionKind CCK
6706                                          = CCK_ImplicitConversion);
6707  ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
6708                                       const StandardConversionSequence& SCS,
6709                                       AssignmentAction Action,
6710                                       CheckedConversionKind CCK);
6711
6712  /// the following "Check" methods will return a valid/converted QualType
6713  /// or a null QualType (indicating an error diagnostic was issued).
6714
6715  /// type checking binary operators (subroutines of CreateBuiltinBinOp).
6716  QualType InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, ExprResult &LHS,
6717                           ExprResult &RHS);
6718  QualType CheckPointerToMemberOperands( // C++ 5.5
6719    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, ExprValueKind &VK,
6720    SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isIndirect);
6721  QualType CheckMultiplyDivideOperands( // C99 6.5.5
6722    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign,
6723    bool IsDivide);
6724  QualType CheckRemainderOperands( // C99 6.5.5
6725    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc,
6726    bool IsCompAssign = false);
6727  QualType CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
6728    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc,
6729    QualType* CompLHSTy = 0);
6730  QualType CheckSubtractionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
6731    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc,
6732    QualType* CompLHSTy = 0);
6733  QualType CheckShiftOperands( // C99 6.5.7
6734    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc,
6735    bool IsCompAssign = false);
6736  QualType CheckCompareOperands( // C99 6.5.8/9
6737    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned OpaqueOpc,
6738                                bool isRelational);
6739  QualType CheckBitwiseOperands( // C99 6.5.[10...12]
6740    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc,
6741    bool IsCompAssign = false);
6742  QualType CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14]
6743    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc);
6744  // CheckAssignmentOperands is used for both simple and compound assignment.
6745  // For simple assignment, pass both expressions and a null converted type.
6746  // For compound assignment, pass both expressions and the converted type.
6747  QualType CheckAssignmentOperands( // C99 6.5.16.[1,2]
6748    Expr *LHSExpr, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, QualType CompoundType);
6749
6750  ExprResult checkPseudoObjectIncDec(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
6751                                     UnaryOperatorKind Opcode, Expr *Op);
6752  ExprResult checkPseudoObjectAssignment(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
6753                                         BinaryOperatorKind Opcode,
6754                                         Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS);
6755  ExprResult checkPseudoObjectRValue(Expr *E);
6756  Expr *recreateSyntacticForm(PseudoObjectExpr *E);
6757
6758  QualType CheckConditionalOperands( // C99 6.5.15
6759    ExprResult &Cond, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
6760    ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation QuestionLoc);
6761  QualType CXXCheckConditionalOperands( // C++ 5.16
6762    ExprResult &cond, ExprResult &lhs, ExprResult &rhs,
6763    ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation questionLoc);
6764  QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&E1, Expr *&E2,
6765                                    bool *NonStandardCompositeType = 0);
6766  QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc,
6767                                    ExprResult &E1, ExprResult &E2,
6768                                    bool *NonStandardCompositeType = 0) {
6769    Expr *E1Tmp = E1.take(), *E2Tmp = E2.take();
6770    QualType Composite = FindCompositePointerType(Loc, E1Tmp, E2Tmp,
6771                                                  NonStandardCompositeType);
6772    E1 = Owned(E1Tmp);
6773    E2 = Owned(E2Tmp);
6774    return Composite;
6775  }
6776
6777  QualType FindCompositeObjCPointerType(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
6778                                        SourceLocation QuestionLoc);
6779
6780  bool DiagnoseConditionalForNull(Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr,
6781                                  SourceLocation QuestionLoc);
6782
6783  /// type checking for vector binary operators.
6784  QualType CheckVectorOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
6785                               SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign);
6786  QualType GetSignedVectorType(QualType V);
6787  QualType CheckVectorCompareOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
6788                                      SourceLocation Loc, bool isRelational);
6789  QualType CheckVectorLogicalOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
6790                                      SourceLocation Loc);
6791
6792  /// type checking declaration initializers (C99 6.7.8)
6793  bool CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *e, QualType t);
6794
6795  // type checking C++ declaration initializers (C++ [dcl.init]).
6796
6797  /// ReferenceCompareResult - Expresses the result of comparing two
6798  /// types (cv1 T1 and cv2 T2) to determine their compatibility for the
6799  /// purposes of initialization by reference (C++ [dcl.init.ref]p4).
6800  enum ReferenceCompareResult {
6801    /// Ref_Incompatible - The two types are incompatible, so direct
6802    /// reference binding is not possible.
6803    Ref_Incompatible = 0,
6804    /// Ref_Related - The two types are reference-related, which means
6805    /// that their unqualified forms (T1 and T2) are either the same
6806    /// or T1 is a base class of T2.
6807    Ref_Related,
6808    /// Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification - The two types are
6809    /// reference-compatible with added qualification, meaning that
6810    /// they are reference-compatible and the qualifiers on T1 (cv1)
6811    /// are greater than the qualifiers on T2 (cv2).
6812    Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification,
6813    /// Ref_Compatible - The two types are reference-compatible and
6814    /// have equivalent qualifiers (cv1 == cv2).
6815    Ref_Compatible
6816  };
6817
6818  ReferenceCompareResult CompareReferenceRelationship(SourceLocation Loc,
6819                                                      QualType T1, QualType T2,
6820                                                      bool &DerivedToBase,
6821                                                      bool &ObjCConversion,
6822                                                bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion);
6823
6824  ExprResult checkUnknownAnyCast(SourceRange TypeRange, QualType CastType,
6825                                 Expr *CastExpr, CastKind &CastKind,
6826                                 ExprValueKind &VK, CXXCastPath &Path);
6827
6828  /// \brief Force an expression with unknown-type to an expression of the
6829  /// given type.
6830  ExprResult forceUnknownAnyToType(Expr *E, QualType ToType);
6831
6832  /// \brief Handle an expression that's being passed to an
6833  /// __unknown_anytype parameter.
6834  ///
6835  /// \return the effective parameter type to use, or null if the
6836  ///   argument is invalid.
6837  QualType checkUnknownAnyArg(Expr *&result);
6838
6839  // CheckVectorCast - check type constraints for vectors.
6840  // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this.
6841  // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size.
6842  // returns true if the cast is invalid
6843  bool CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty,
6844                       CastKind &Kind);
6845
6846  // CheckExtVectorCast - check type constraints for extended vectors.
6847  // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this.
6848  // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size,
6849  // or vectors and the element type of that vector.
6850  // returns the cast expr
6851  ExprResult CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, Expr *CastExpr,
6852                                CastKind &Kind);
6853
6854  ExprResult BuildCXXFunctionalCastExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
6855                                        SourceLocation LParenLoc,
6856                                        Expr *CastExpr,
6857                                        SourceLocation RParenLoc);
6858
6859  enum ARCConversionResult { ACR_okay, ACR_unbridged };
6860
6861  /// \brief Checks for invalid conversions and casts between
6862  /// retainable pointers and other pointer kinds.
6863  ARCConversionResult CheckObjCARCConversion(SourceRange castRange,
6864                                             QualType castType, Expr *&op,
6865                                             CheckedConversionKind CCK);
6866
6867  Expr *stripARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e);
6868  void diagnoseARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e);
6869
6870  bool CheckObjCARCUnavailableWeakConversion(QualType castType,
6871                                             QualType ExprType);
6872
6873  /// checkRetainCycles - Check whether an Objective-C message send
6874  /// might create an obvious retain cycle.
6875  void checkRetainCycles(ObjCMessageExpr *msg);
6876  void checkRetainCycles(Expr *receiver, Expr *argument);
6877  void checkRetainCycles(VarDecl *Var, Expr *Init);
6878
6879  /// checkUnsafeAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned
6880  /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained type.
6881  bool checkUnsafeAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, QualType LHS, Expr *RHS);
6882
6883  /// checkUnsafeExprAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned
6884  /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained expression.
6885  void checkUnsafeExprAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS);
6886
6887  /// CheckMessageArgumentTypes - Check types in an Obj-C message send.
6888  /// \param Method - May be null.
6889  /// \param [out] ReturnType - The return type of the send.
6890  /// \return true iff there were any incompatible types.
6891  bool CheckMessageArgumentTypes(QualType ReceiverType,
6892                                 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, Selector Sel,
6893                                 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
6894                                 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool isClassMessage,
6895                                 bool isSuperMessage,
6896                                 SourceLocation lbrac, SourceLocation rbrac,
6897                                 QualType &ReturnType, ExprValueKind &VK);
6898
6899  /// \brief Determine the result of a message send expression based on
6900  /// the type of the receiver, the method expected to receive the message,
6901  /// and the form of the message send.
6902  QualType getMessageSendResultType(QualType ReceiverType,
6903                                    ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
6904                                    bool isClassMessage, bool isSuperMessage);
6905
6906  /// \brief If the given expression involves a message send to a method
6907  /// with a related result type, emit a note describing what happened.
6908  void EmitRelatedResultTypeNote(const Expr *E);
6909
6910  /// CheckBooleanCondition - Diagnose problems involving the use of
6911  /// the given expression as a boolean condition (e.g. in an if
6912  /// statement).  Also performs the standard function and array
6913  /// decays, possibly changing the input variable.
6914  ///
6915  /// \param Loc - A location associated with the condition, e.g. the
6916  /// 'if' keyword.
6917  /// \return true iff there were any errors
6918  ExprResult CheckBooleanCondition(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc);
6919
6920  ExprResult ActOnBooleanCondition(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
6921                                   Expr *SubExpr);
6922
6923  /// DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition - Given that an expression is
6924  /// being used as a boolean condition, warn if it's an assignment.
6925  void DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(Expr *E);
6926
6927  /// \brief Redundant parentheses over an equality comparison can indicate
6928  /// that the user intended an assignment used as condition.
6929  void DiagnoseEqualityWithExtraParens(ParenExpr *ParenE);
6930
6931  /// CheckCXXBooleanCondition - Returns true if conversion to bool is invalid.
6932  ExprResult CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Expr *CondExpr);
6933
6934  /// ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow - Convert the specified APInt to have
6935  /// the specified width and sign.  If an overflow occurs, detect it and emit
6936  /// the specified diagnostic.
6937  void ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow(llvm::APSInt &OldVal,
6938                                          unsigned NewWidth, bool NewSign,
6939                                          SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID);
6940
6941  /// Checks that the Objective-C declaration is declared in the global scope.
6942  /// Emits an error and marks the declaration as invalid if it's not declared
6943  /// in the global scope.
6944  bool CheckObjCDeclScope(Decl *D);
6945
6946  /// \brief Abstract base class used for diagnosing integer constant
6947  /// expression violations.
6948  class VerifyICEDiagnoser {
6949  public:
6950    bool Suppress;
6951
6952    VerifyICEDiagnoser(bool Suppress = false) : Suppress(Suppress) { }
6953
6954    virtual void diagnoseNotICE(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR) =0;
6955    virtual void diagnoseFold(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR);
6956    virtual ~VerifyICEDiagnoser() { }
6957  };
6958
6959  /// VerifyIntegerConstantExpression - Verifies that an expression is an ICE,
6960  /// and reports the appropriate diagnostics. Returns false on success.
6961  /// Can optionally return the value of the expression.
6962  ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result,
6963                                             VerifyICEDiagnoser &Diagnoser,
6964                                             bool AllowFold = true);
6965  ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result,
6966                                             unsigned DiagID,
6967                                             bool AllowFold = true);
6968  ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result=0);
6969
6970  /// VerifyBitField - verifies that a bit field expression is an ICE and has
6971  /// the correct width, and that the field type is valid.
6972  /// Returns false on success.
6973  /// Can optionally return whether the bit-field is of width 0
6974  ExprResult VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, IdentifierInfo *FieldName,
6975                            QualType FieldTy, Expr *BitWidth,
6976                            bool *ZeroWidth = 0);
6977
6978  enum CUDAFunctionTarget {
6979    CFT_Device,
6980    CFT_Global,
6981    CFT_Host,
6982    CFT_HostDevice
6983  };
6984
6985  CUDAFunctionTarget IdentifyCUDATarget(const FunctionDecl *D);
6986
6987  bool CheckCUDATarget(CUDAFunctionTarget CallerTarget,
6988                       CUDAFunctionTarget CalleeTarget);
6989
6990  bool CheckCUDATarget(const FunctionDecl *Caller, const FunctionDecl *Callee) {
6991    return CheckCUDATarget(IdentifyCUDATarget(Caller),
6992                           IdentifyCUDATarget(Callee));
6993  }
6994
6995  /// \name Code completion
6996  //@{
6997  /// \brief Describes the context in which code completion occurs.
6998  enum ParserCompletionContext {
6999    /// \brief Code completion occurs at top-level or namespace context.
7000    PCC_Namespace,
7001    /// \brief Code completion occurs within a class, struct, or union.
7002    PCC_Class,
7003    /// \brief Code completion occurs within an Objective-C interface, protocol,
7004    /// or category.
7005    PCC_ObjCInterface,
7006    /// \brief Code completion occurs within an Objective-C implementation or
7007    /// category implementation
7008    PCC_ObjCImplementation,
7009    /// \brief Code completion occurs within the list of instance variables
7010    /// in an Objective-C interface, protocol, category, or implementation.
7011    PCC_ObjCInstanceVariableList,
7012    /// \brief Code completion occurs following one or more template
7013    /// headers.
7014    PCC_Template,
7015    /// \brief Code completion occurs following one or more template
7016    /// headers within a class.
7017    PCC_MemberTemplate,
7018    /// \brief Code completion occurs within an expression.
7019    PCC_Expression,
7020    /// \brief Code completion occurs within a statement, which may
7021    /// also be an expression or a declaration.
7022    PCC_Statement,
7023    /// \brief Code completion occurs at the beginning of the
7024    /// initialization statement (or expression) in a for loop.
7025    PCC_ForInit,
7026    /// \brief Code completion occurs within the condition of an if,
7027    /// while, switch, or for statement.
7028    PCC_Condition,
7029    /// \brief Code completion occurs within the body of a function on a
7030    /// recovery path, where we do not have a specific handle on our position
7031    /// in the grammar.
7032    PCC_RecoveryInFunction,
7033    /// \brief Code completion occurs where only a type is permitted.
7034    PCC_Type,
7035    /// \brief Code completion occurs in a parenthesized expression, which
7036    /// might also be a type cast.
7037    PCC_ParenthesizedExpression,
7038    /// \brief Code completion occurs within a sequence of declaration
7039    /// specifiers within a function, method, or block.
7040    PCC_LocalDeclarationSpecifiers
7041  };
7042
7043  void CodeCompleteModuleImport(SourceLocation ImportLoc, ModuleIdPath Path);
7044  void CodeCompleteOrdinaryName(Scope *S,
7045                                ParserCompletionContext CompletionContext);
7046  void CodeCompleteDeclSpec(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
7047                            bool AllowNonIdentifiers,
7048                            bool AllowNestedNameSpecifiers);
7049
7050  struct CodeCompleteExpressionData;
7051  void CodeCompleteExpression(Scope *S,
7052                              const CodeCompleteExpressionData &Data);
7053  void CodeCompleteMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
7054                                       SourceLocation OpLoc,
7055                                       bool IsArrow);
7056  void CodeCompletePostfixExpression(Scope *S, ExprResult LHS);
7057  void CodeCompleteTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec);
7058  void CodeCompleteTypeQualifiers(DeclSpec &DS);
7059  void CodeCompleteCase(Scope *S);
7060  void CodeCompleteCall(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args);
7061  void CodeCompleteInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *D);
7062  void CodeCompleteReturn(Scope *S);
7063  void CodeCompleteAfterIf(Scope *S);
7064  void CodeCompleteAssignmentRHS(Scope *S, Expr *LHS);
7065
7066  void CodeCompleteQualifiedId(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
7067                               bool EnteringContext);
7068  void CodeCompleteUsing(Scope *S);
7069  void CodeCompleteUsingDirective(Scope *S);
7070  void CodeCompleteNamespaceDecl(Scope *S);
7071  void CodeCompleteNamespaceAliasDecl(Scope *S);
7072  void CodeCompleteOperatorName(Scope *S);
7073  void CodeCompleteConstructorInitializer(Decl *Constructor,
7074                                          CXXCtorInitializer** Initializers,
7075                                          unsigned NumInitializers);
7076  void CodeCompleteLambdaIntroducer(Scope *S, LambdaIntroducer &Intro,
7077                                    bool AfterAmpersand);
7078
7079  void CodeCompleteObjCAtDirective(Scope *S);
7080  void CodeCompleteObjCAtVisibility(Scope *S);
7081  void CodeCompleteObjCAtStatement(Scope *S);
7082  void CodeCompleteObjCAtExpression(Scope *S);
7083  void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyFlags(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS);
7084  void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyGetter(Scope *S);
7085  void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySetter(Scope *S);
7086  void CodeCompleteObjCPassingType(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &DS,
7087                                   bool IsParameter);
7088  void CodeCompleteObjCMessageReceiver(Scope *S);
7089  void CodeCompleteObjCSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc,
7090                                    IdentifierInfo **SelIdents,
7091                                    unsigned NumSelIdents,
7092                                    bool AtArgumentExpression);
7093  void CodeCompleteObjCClassMessage(Scope *S, ParsedType Receiver,
7094                                    IdentifierInfo **SelIdents,
7095                                    unsigned NumSelIdents,
7096                                    bool AtArgumentExpression,
7097                                    bool IsSuper = false);
7098  void CodeCompleteObjCInstanceMessage(Scope *S, Expr *Receiver,
7099                                       IdentifierInfo **SelIdents,
7100                                       unsigned NumSelIdents,
7101                                       bool AtArgumentExpression,
7102                                       ObjCInterfaceDecl *Super = 0);
7103  void CodeCompleteObjCForCollection(Scope *S,
7104                                     DeclGroupPtrTy IterationVar);
7105  void CodeCompleteObjCSelector(Scope *S,
7106                                IdentifierInfo **SelIdents,
7107                                unsigned NumSelIdents);
7108  void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolReferences(IdentifierLocPair *Protocols,
7109                                          unsigned NumProtocols);
7110  void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolDecl(Scope *S);
7111  void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceDecl(Scope *S);
7112  void CodeCompleteObjCSuperclass(Scope *S,
7113                                  IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
7114                                  SourceLocation ClassNameLoc);
7115  void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationDecl(Scope *S);
7116  void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceCategory(Scope *S,
7117                                         IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
7118                                         SourceLocation ClassNameLoc);
7119  void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationCategory(Scope *S,
7120                                              IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
7121                                              SourceLocation ClassNameLoc);
7122  void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyDefinition(Scope *S);
7123  void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySynthesizeIvar(Scope *S,
7124                                              IdentifierInfo *PropertyName);
7125  void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDecl(Scope *S,
7126                                  bool IsInstanceMethod,
7127                                  ParsedType ReturnType);
7128  void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDeclSelector(Scope *S,
7129                                          bool IsInstanceMethod,
7130                                          bool AtParameterName,
7131                                          ParsedType ReturnType,
7132                                          IdentifierInfo **SelIdents,
7133                                          unsigned NumSelIdents);
7134  void CodeCompletePreprocessorDirective(bool InConditional);
7135  void CodeCompleteInPreprocessorConditionalExclusion(Scope *S);
7136  void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroName(bool IsDefinition);
7137  void CodeCompletePreprocessorExpression();
7138  void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroArgument(Scope *S,
7139                                             IdentifierInfo *Macro,
7140                                             MacroInfo *MacroInfo,
7141                                             unsigned Argument);
7142  void CodeCompleteNaturalLanguage();
7143  void GatherGlobalCodeCompletions(CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator,
7144                                   CodeCompletionTUInfo &CCTUInfo,
7145                  SmallVectorImpl<CodeCompletionResult> &Results);
7146  //@}
7147
7148  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
7149  // Extra semantic analysis beyond the C type system
7150
7151public:
7152  SourceLocation getLocationOfStringLiteralByte(const StringLiteral *SL,
7153                                                unsigned ByteNo) const;
7154
7155private:
7156  void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *BaseExpr, const Expr *IndexExpr,
7157                        const ArraySubscriptExpr *ASE=0,
7158                        bool AllowOnePastEnd=true, bool IndexNegated=false);
7159  void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *E);
7160  // Used to grab the relevant information from a FormatAttr and a
7161  // FunctionDeclaration.
7162  struct FormatStringInfo {
7163    unsigned FormatIdx;
7164    unsigned FirstDataArg;
7165    bool HasVAListArg;
7166  };
7167
7168  bool getFormatStringInfo(const FormatAttr *Format, bool IsCXXMember,
7169                           FormatStringInfo *FSI);
7170  bool CheckFunctionCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, CallExpr *TheCall,
7171                         const FunctionProtoType *Proto);
7172  bool CheckObjCMethodCall(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, SourceLocation loc,
7173                           Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs);
7174  bool CheckBlockCall(NamedDecl *NDecl, CallExpr *TheCall,
7175                      const FunctionProtoType *Proto);
7176  void CheckConstructorCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl,
7177                            Expr **Args,
7178                            unsigned NumArgs,
7179                            const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
7180                            SourceLocation Loc);
7181
7182  void checkCall(NamedDecl *FDecl, Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
7183                 unsigned NumProtoArgs, bool IsMemberFunction,
7184                 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range,
7185                 VariadicCallType CallType);
7186
7187
7188  bool CheckObjCString(Expr *Arg);
7189
7190  ExprResult CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
7191  bool CheckARMBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
7192  bool CheckMipsBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
7193
7194  bool SemaBuiltinVAStart(CallExpr *TheCall);
7195  bool SemaBuiltinUnorderedCompare(CallExpr *TheCall);
7196  bool SemaBuiltinFPClassification(CallExpr *TheCall, unsigned NumArgs);
7197
7198public:
7199  // Used by C++ template instantiation.
7200  ExprResult SemaBuiltinShuffleVector(CallExpr *TheCall);
7201
7202private:
7203  bool SemaBuiltinPrefetch(CallExpr *TheCall);
7204  bool SemaBuiltinObjectSize(CallExpr *TheCall);
7205  bool SemaBuiltinLongjmp(CallExpr *TheCall);
7206  ExprResult SemaBuiltinAtomicOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult);
7207  ExprResult SemaAtomicOpsOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult,
7208                                     AtomicExpr::AtomicOp Op);
7209  bool SemaBuiltinConstantArg(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum,
7210                              llvm::APSInt &Result);
7211
7212  enum FormatStringType {
7213    FST_Scanf,
7214    FST_Printf,
7215    FST_NSString,
7216    FST_Strftime,
7217    FST_Strfmon,
7218    FST_Kprintf,
7219    FST_Unknown
7220  };
7221  static FormatStringType GetFormatStringType(const FormatAttr *Format);
7222
7223  enum StringLiteralCheckType {
7224    SLCT_NotALiteral,
7225    SLCT_UncheckedLiteral,
7226    SLCT_CheckedLiteral
7227  };
7228
7229  StringLiteralCheckType checkFormatStringExpr(const Expr *E,
7230                                               Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
7231                                               bool HasVAListArg,
7232                                               unsigned format_idx,
7233                                               unsigned firstDataArg,
7234                                               FormatStringType Type,
7235                                               VariadicCallType CallType,
7236                                               bool inFunctionCall = true);
7237
7238  void CheckFormatString(const StringLiteral *FExpr, const Expr *OrigFormatExpr,
7239                         Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, bool HasVAListArg,
7240                         unsigned format_idx, unsigned firstDataArg,
7241                         FormatStringType Type, bool inFunctionCall,
7242                         VariadicCallType CallType);
7243
7244  bool CheckFormatArguments(const FormatAttr *Format, Expr **Args,
7245                            unsigned NumArgs, bool IsCXXMember,
7246                            VariadicCallType CallType,
7247                            SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range);
7248  bool CheckFormatArguments(Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
7249                            bool HasVAListArg, unsigned format_idx,
7250                            unsigned firstDataArg, FormatStringType Type,
7251                            VariadicCallType CallType,
7252                            SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange range);
7253
7254  void CheckNonNullArguments(const NonNullAttr *NonNull,
7255                             const Expr * const *ExprArgs,
7256                             SourceLocation CallSiteLoc);
7257
7258  void CheckMemaccessArguments(const CallExpr *Call,
7259                               unsigned BId,
7260                               IdentifierInfo *FnName);
7261
7262  void CheckStrlcpycatArguments(const CallExpr *Call,
7263                                IdentifierInfo *FnName);
7264
7265  void CheckStrncatArguments(const CallExpr *Call,
7266                             IdentifierInfo *FnName);
7267
7268  void CheckReturnStackAddr(Expr *RetValExp, QualType lhsType,
7269                            SourceLocation ReturnLoc);
7270  void CheckFloatComparison(SourceLocation Loc, Expr* LHS, Expr* RHS);
7271  void CheckImplicitConversions(Expr *E, SourceLocation CC = SourceLocation());
7272
7273  void CheckBitFieldInitialization(SourceLocation InitLoc, FieldDecl *Field,
7274                                   Expr *Init);
7275
7276public:
7277  /// \brief Register a magic integral constant to be used as a type tag.
7278  void RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(const IdentifierInfo *ArgumentKind,
7279                                  uint64_t MagicValue, QualType Type,
7280                                  bool LayoutCompatible, bool MustBeNull);
7281
7282  struct TypeTagData {
7283    TypeTagData() {}
7284
7285    TypeTagData(QualType Type, bool LayoutCompatible, bool MustBeNull) :
7286        Type(Type), LayoutCompatible(LayoutCompatible),
7287        MustBeNull(MustBeNull)
7288    {}
7289
7290    QualType Type;
7291
7292    /// If true, \c Type should be compared with other expression's types for
7293    /// layout-compatibility.
7294    unsigned LayoutCompatible : 1;
7295    unsigned MustBeNull : 1;
7296  };
7297
7298  /// A pair of ArgumentKind identifier and magic value.  This uniquely
7299  /// identifies the magic value.
7300  typedef std::pair<const IdentifierInfo *, uint64_t> TypeTagMagicValue;
7301
7302private:
7303  /// \brief A map from magic value to type information.
7304  OwningPtr<llvm::DenseMap<TypeTagMagicValue, TypeTagData> >
7305      TypeTagForDatatypeMagicValues;
7306
7307  /// \brief Peform checks on a call of a function with argument_with_type_tag
7308  /// or pointer_with_type_tag attributes.
7309  void CheckArgumentWithTypeTag(const ArgumentWithTypeTagAttr *Attr,
7310                                const Expr * const *ExprArgs);
7311
7312  /// \brief The parser's current scope.
7313  ///
7314  /// The parser maintains this state here.
7315  Scope *CurScope;
7316
7317protected:
7318  friend class Parser;
7319  friend class InitializationSequence;
7320  friend class ASTReader;
7321  friend class ASTWriter;
7322
7323public:
7324  /// \brief Retrieve the parser's current scope.
7325  ///
7326  /// This routine must only be used when it is certain that semantic analysis
7327  /// and the parser are in precisely the same context, which is not the case
7328  /// when, e.g., we are performing any kind of template instantiation.
7329  /// Therefore, the only safe places to use this scope are in the parser
7330  /// itself and in routines directly invoked from the parser and *never* from
7331  /// template substitution or instantiation.
7332  Scope *getCurScope() const { return CurScope; }
7333
7334  Decl *getObjCDeclContext() const;
7335
7336  DeclContext *getCurLexicalContext() const {
7337    return OriginalLexicalContext ? OriginalLexicalContext : CurContext;
7338  }
7339
7340  AvailabilityResult getCurContextAvailability() const;
7341
7342  const DeclContext *getCurObjCLexicalContext() const {
7343    const DeclContext *DC = getCurLexicalContext();
7344    // A category implicitly has the attribute of the interface.
7345    if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC))
7346      DC = CatD->getClassInterface();
7347    return DC;
7348  }
7349};
7350
7351/// \brief RAII object that enters a new expression evaluation context.
7352class EnterExpressionEvaluationContext {
7353  Sema &Actions;
7354
7355public:
7356  EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema &Actions,
7357                                   Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext,
7358                                   Decl *LambdaContextDecl = 0,
7359                                   bool IsDecltype = false)
7360    : Actions(Actions) {
7361    Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext, LambdaContextDecl,
7362                                            IsDecltype);
7363  }
7364  EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema &Actions,
7365                                   Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext,
7366                                   Sema::ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t,
7367                                   bool IsDecltype = false)
7368    : Actions(Actions) {
7369    Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext,
7370                                            Sema::ReuseLambdaContextDecl,
7371                                            IsDecltype);
7372  }
7373
7374  ~EnterExpressionEvaluationContext() {
7375    Actions.PopExpressionEvaluationContext();
7376  }
7377};
7378
7379}  // end namespace clang
7380
7381#endif
7382